| 	
		 HP Officejet J4500 All-in-One series   
					User Guide   
					OK   
					4 
					ghi   
					pqrs   
					# *   
					5 
					jkl   
					6 
					mno   
					7 
					8 
					tuv   
					9 
					wxyz   
					0 
					# 
					- 
					HP Officejet J4500 All-in-One series   
					User Guide   
				9. There are no user-serviceable parts   
					inside. Refer servicing to qualified   
					service personnel.   
					Copyright information   
					© 2008 Copyright Hewlett-Packard   
					Development Company, L.P.   
					Accessibility   
					The device provides a number of   
					features that make it accessible for   
					people with disabilities.   
					Hewlett-Packard Company   
					notices   
					The information contained in this   
					document is subject to change without   
					notice.   
					Visual   
					The device software is accessible for   
					users with visual impairments or low   
					vision through the use of your   
					All rights reserved. Reproduction,   
					adaptation, or translation of this   
					material is prohibited without prior   
					written permission of Hewlett-   
					Packard, except as allowed under   
					copyright laws.   
					operating system's accessibility   
					options and features. It also supports   
					most assistive technology such as   
					screen readers, Braille readers, and   
					voice-to-text applications. For users   
					who are color blind, colored buttons   
					and tabs used in the software and on   
					the device control panel have simple   
					text or icon labels that convey the   
					appropriate action.   
					The only warranties for HP products   
					and services are set forth in the   
					express warranty statements   
					accompanying such products and   
					services. Nothing herein should be   
					construed as constituting an   
					additional warranty. HP shall not be   
					liable for technical or editorial errors   
					or omissions contained herein.   
					Mobility   
					For users with mobility impairments,   
					the device software functions can be   
					executed through keyboard   
					commands. The software also   
					supports Windows accessibility   
					options such as StickyKeys,   
					Acknowledgements   
					Windows, Windows XP, and Windows   
					Vista are U.S. registered trademarks   
					of Microsoft Corporation.   
					ToggleKeys, FilterKeys, and   
					MouseKeys. The device doors,   
					buttons, paper trays, and paper   
					guides can be operated by users with   
					limited strength and reach.   
					ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY   
					STAR mark are registered U.S. marks.   
					Safety information   
					Support   
					For more details about the   
					accessibility of this product and HP's   
					commitment to product accessibility,   
					visit HP's Web site at www.hp.com/   
					accessibility.   
					Always follow basic safety   
					precautions when using this product   
					to reduce risk of injury from fire or   
					electric shock.   
					For accessibility information for the   
					Mac OS, visit the Apple Web site at   
					www.apple.com/accessibility.   
					1. Read and understand all   
					instructions in the documentation that   
					comes with the device.   
					2. Use only a grounded electrical   
					outlet when connecting this product to   
					a power source. If you do not know   
					whether the outlet is grounded, check   
					with a qualified electrician.   
					3. Observe all warnings and   
					instructions marked on the product.   
					4. Unplug this product from wall   
					outlets before cleaning.   
					5. Do not install or use this product   
					near water, or when you are wet.   
					6. Install the product securely on a   
					stable surface.   
					7. Install the product in a protected   
					location where no one can step on or   
					trip over the line cord, and the line   
					cord cannot be damaged.   
					8. If the product does not operate   
					normally, see Maintain and   
					troubleshoot.   
				Contents   
					1 
					Get started   
					Find other resources for the product .........................................................................................7   
					Understand the device parts .....................................................................................................8   
					Front view ...........................................................................................................................8   
					Printing supplies area .........................................................................................................9   
					Back view ...........................................................................................................................9   
					Device control panel buttons and lights ............................................................................10   
					Connection information .....................................................................................................11   
					2 
					Use the device   
					Use device control panel menus .............................................................................................12   
					Device control-panel message types ......................................................................................12   
					Status messages ..............................................................................................................13   
					Warning messages ...........................................................................................................13   
					Error messages ................................................................................................................13   
					Critical error messages .....................................................................................................13   
					Change device settings ..........................................................................................................13   
					Use the HP Solution Center (Windows) ..................................................................................14   
					Use the HP photo and imaging software ................................................................................14   
					Load originals .........................................................................................................................15   
					Load an original on the scanner glass ..............................................................................16   
					Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF) ................................................16   
					Select print media ...................................................................................................................17   
					Tips for selecting and using print media ...........................................................................17   
					Understand specifications for supported media ................................................................18   
					Understand supported sizes .......................................................................................19   
					Understand supported media types and weights ........................................................21   
					Set minimum margins .......................................................................................................22   
					Load media .............................................................................................................................23   
					Print on special and custom-sized media ...............................................................................23   
					Print borderless ......................................................................................................................24   
					Set up speed-dial entries ........................................................................................................26   
					Set up fax numbers as speed-dial entries or groups ......................................................... 26   
					Set up speed-dial entries ............................................................................................26   
					Set up a speed-dial group ...........................................................................................26   
					Print and view a list of speed-dial entries ..........................................................................27   
					View a list of speed-dial entries ..................................................................................27   
					3 
					Print   
					Change print settings ..............................................................................................................28   
					Change settings from an application for current jobs (Windows) ......................................28   
					Change default settings for all future jobs (Windows) .......................................................28   
					Change settings (Mac OS) ...............................................................................................29   
					Cancel a print job ....................................................................................................................29   
					1 
				4 
					Copy   
					Make copies from the device control panel .............................................................................30   
					Change the copy settings .......................................................................................................31   
					Set the number of copies ........................................................................................................31   
					Set the copy paper size ..........................................................................................................31   
					Set the copy paper type ..........................................................................................................32   
					Change copy speed or quality ................................................................................................33   
					Resize an original to fit onto letter or A4 paper .......................................................................34   
					Copy a legal-size document onto letter paper ........................................................................34   
					Adjust the lightness and darkness of your copy ......................................................................35   
					Enhance blurred areas of your copy .......................................................................................35   
					Enhance light areas of your copy ...........................................................................................36   
					Cancel a copy job ...................................................................................................................36   
					5 
					Scan   
					Scan an original ......................................................................................................................37   
					Scan an original to a program on a computer (direct connection) .....................................37   
					Scan from a TWAIN-compliant or a WIA-compliant program ..................................................38   
					Scan from a TWAIN-compliant program ...........................................................................38   
					Scan from a WIA-compliant program ................................................................................38   
					Edit a scanned original ...........................................................................................................39   
					Edit a scanned photo or graphic .......................................................................................39   
					Edit a scanned document using optical character recognition (OCR) software ................39   
					Change scan settings .............................................................................................................39   
					Cancel a scan job ...................................................................................................................39   
					6 
					Fax   
					Send a fax ..............................................................................................................................40   
					Send a basic fax ...............................................................................................................41   
					Send a fax manually from a phone ...................................................................................41   
					Send a fax using monitor dialing .......................................................................................42   
					Send a fax from memory ..................................................................................................43   
					Schedule a fax to send later .............................................................................................43   
					Send a fax to multiple recipients .......................................................................................44   
					Send a fax to multiple recipients from the device control panel ..................................44   
					Send a color original or photo fax .....................................................................................45   
					Change the fax resolution and Lighter / Darker settings .................................................45   
					Change the fax resolution ...........................................................................................46   
					Change the Lighter / Darker setting ..........................................................................46   
					Set new default settings ..............................................................................................47   
					Send a fax in Error Correction Mode ................................................................................47   
					2 
				Contents   
					Receive a fax ..........................................................................................................................48   
					Receive a fax manually .....................................................................................................48   
					Set up backup fax .............................................................................................................49   
					Reprint received faxes from memory ................................................................................50   
					Poll to receive a fax ..........................................................................................................50   
					Forward faxes to another number .....................................................................................51   
					Set the paper size for received faxes ................................................................................51   
					Set automatic reduction for incoming faxes ......................................................................52   
					Block junk fax numbers .....................................................................................................52   
					Add numbers to the junk fax list ..................................................................................52   
					Remove numbers from the junk fax list .......................................................................53   
					Receive faxes to your computer .......................................................................................53   
					Activate Fax to PC ......................................................................................................54   
					Modify Fax to PC settings ...........................................................................................54   
					Change fax settings ................................................................................................................55   
					Configure the fax header ..................................................................................................55   
					Set the answer mode (Auto answer) .................................................................................56   
					Set the number of rings before answering ........................................................................56   
					Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring ...........................................................56   
					Set the fax error correction mode .....................................................................................57   
					Set the dial type ................................................................................................................57   
					Set the redial options ........................................................................................................58   
					Set the fax speed ..............................................................................................................58   
					Fax over the Internet ............................................................................................................... 59   
					Test fax setup .........................................................................................................................59   
					Use reports .............................................................................................................................60   
					Print fax confirmation reports ............................................................................................60   
					Print fax error reports ........................................................................................................61   
					Print and view the fax log ..................................................................................................61   
					Cancel a fax ............................................................................................................................62   
					7 
					Configure and manage   
					Manage the device .................................................................................................................63   
					Monitor the device ............................................................................................................63   
					Administer the device .......................................................................................................64   
					Use device management tools ...............................................................................................64   
					Toolbox (Windows) ...........................................................................................................64   
					Open the Toolbox .......................................................................................................65   
					Toolbox tabs ...............................................................................................................65   
					HP Printer Utility (Mac OS) ...............................................................................................66   
					Open the HP Printer Utility ..........................................................................................66   
					HP Printer Utility panels ..............................................................................................66   
					Understand the self-test report ...............................................................................................66   
					3 
				Set up faxing for the device ....................................................................................................67   
					Set up faxing (parallel phone systems) .............................................................................68   
					Choose the correct fax setup for your home or office .................................................69   
					Select your fax setup case ..........................................................................................70   
					Case A: Separate fax line (no voice calls received) ....................................................72   
					Case B: Set up the device with DSL ...........................................................................73   
					Case C: Set up the device with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line .......................74   
					Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring service on the same line ......................................74   
					Case E: Shared voice/fax line .....................................................................................75   
					Case F: Shared voice/fax line with voice mail .............................................................76   
					Case G: Fax line shared with computer modem (no voice calls received) ..................77   
					Case H: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem ................................................80   
					Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine ...............................................84   
					Case J: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and answering machine ...........85   
					Case K: Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and voice mail .............89   
					Serial-type fax setup .........................................................................................................91   
					Configure the device (Windows) .............................................................................................92   
					Install the software before connecting the device (recommended) ...................................92   
					Connect the device before installing the software ............................................................. 93   
					Share the device on a locally shared network ..................................................................93   
					Configure the device (Mac OS) ..............................................................................................94   
					To install the software .......................................................................................................94   
					Share the device on a locally shared network ..................................................................94   
					Uninstall and reinstall the software .........................................................................................95   
					8 
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
					Work with ink cartridges ..........................................................................................................98   
					Supported ink cartridges ...................................................................................................98   
					Handle the ink cartridges ..................................................................................................99   
					Replace the ink cartridges ................................................................................................99   
					Align the ink cartridges ...................................................................................................102   
					Clean the ink cartridges ..................................................................................................104   
					Clean the ink cartridge contacts ...................................................................................... 105   
					Clean the area around the ink nozzles ...........................................................................106   
					Store printing supplies ....................................................................................................108   
					Clean the device ...................................................................................................................109   
					Clean the scanner glass .................................................................................................109   
					Clean the exterior ...........................................................................................................110   
					Clean the automatic document feeder ............................................................................110   
					General troubleshooting tips and resources .........................................................................113   
					Solve printing problems ........................................................................................................114   
					The device shuts down unexpectedly .............................................................................114   
					Error message appears on control-panel display ............................................................ 114   
					The device is not responding (nothing prints) .................................................................115   
					Device takes a long time to print .....................................................................................115   
					Blank or partial page printed ...........................................................................................115   
					Something on the page is missing or incorrect ...............................................................116   
					Placement of the text or graphics is wrong .....................................................................116   
					The device prints half a page, then ejects the paper ......................................................117   
					4 
				Contents   
					Poor print quality and unexpected printouts ..........................................................................117   
					Common poor quality printout problems .........................................................................118   
					Meaningless characters print ..........................................................................................118   
					Ink is smearing ................................................................................................................ 119   
					Ink is not filling the text or graphics completely ...............................................................119   
					Output is faded or dull colored ........................................................................................120   
					Colors are printing as black and white ............................................................................120   
					Wrong colors are printing ................................................................................................120   
					Printout shows bleeding colors .......................................................................................121   
					Colors do not line up properly .........................................................................................121   
					Lines or dots are missing from text or graphics ..............................................................121   
					Solve paper-feed problems ...................................................................................................121   
					Solve copy problems ............................................................................................................123   
					No copy came out ...........................................................................................................123   
					Copies are blank .............................................................................................................123   
					Documents are missing or faded ....................................................................................124   
					Size is reduced ...............................................................................................................124   
					Copy quality is poor ........................................................................................................124   
					Copy defects are apparent .............................................................................................124   
					The device prints half a page, then ejects the paper ......................................................125   
					Error messages appear ..................................................................................................125   
					Paper mismatch ..............................................................................................................125   
					Solve scan problems ............................................................................................................126   
					Scanner did nothing ........................................................................................................126   
					Scan takes too long ........................................................................................................126   
					Part of the document did not scan or text is missing .......................................................127   
					Text cannot be edited .....................................................................................................127   
					Error messages appear ..................................................................................................128   
					Scanned image quality is poor ........................................................................................128   
					Scan defects are apparent ..............................................................................................129   
					Solve fax problems ...............................................................................................................129   
					The fax test failed ...........................................................................................................130   
					Troubleshoot installation issues ............................................................................................142   
					Hardware installation suggestions ..................................................................................142   
					Software installation suggestions .................................................................................... 143   
					Clear jams ............................................................................................................................144   
					Clear paper jams ............................................................................................................144   
					Avoid paper jams ............................................................................................................146   
					A 
					B 
					HP supplies and accessories   
					Order printing supplies online ...............................................................................................147   
					Supplies ................................................................................................................................147   
					HP media ........................................................................................................................147   
					Support and warranty   
					Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement .........................................................................149   
					Obtain electronic support ......................................................................................................150   
					5 
				Obtain HP telephone support ...............................................................................................150   
					Before you call ................................................................................................................150   
					Support process .............................................................................................................. 151   
					HP support by phone ......................................................................................................151   
					Phone support period ...............................................................................................151   
					Telephone support numbers .....................................................................................151   
					Placing a call .............................................................................................................151   
					After the phone support period .................................................................................151   
					Additional warranty options .............................................................................................152   
					HP Quick Exchange Service (Japan) ..............................................................................152   
					Call HP Korea customer support ....................................................................................152   
					Prepare the device for shipment ...........................................................................................153   
					Remove the ink cartridges before shipment ...................................................................153   
					Pack the device ....................................................................................................................154   
					C 
					Device specifications   
					Physical specifications ..........................................................................................................156   
					Product features and capacities ...........................................................................................156   
					Processor and memory specifications ..................................................................................156   
					System requirements ............................................................................................................157   
					Print specifications ................................................................................................................158   
					Copy specifications ...............................................................................................................158   
					Fax specifications .................................................................................................................158   
					Scan specifications ...............................................................................................................158   
					Environmental specifications ................................................................................................159   
					Electrical specifications .........................................................................................................159   
					Acoustic emission specifications (print in Draft mode, noise levels per ISO 7779) ...............159   
					D 
					Regulatory information   
					FCC statement .....................................................................................................................161   
					Notice to users in Korea .......................................................................................................161   
					VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan ....................................................162   
					Notice to users in Japan about the power cord .....................................................................162   
					RoHS notices (China only) ...................................................................................................162   
					Noise emission statement for Germany ................................................................................162   
					Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements .......................................163   
					Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network .............................................................164   
					Notice to users in the European Economic Area ..................................................................165   
					Notice to users of the German telephone network ................................................................165   
					Australia wired fax statement ................................................................................................165   
					Regulatory model number ....................................................................................................166   
					Declaration of conformity ......................................................................................................166   
					Environmental product stewardship program .......................................................................167   
					Paper use .......................................................................................................................167   
					Plastics ...........................................................................................................................167   
					Material safety data sheets .............................................................................................167   
					Recycling program ..........................................................................................................167   
					HP inkjet supplies recycling program ..............................................................................167   
					Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union ....168   
					Energy Star® notice ........................................................................................................ 169   
					Index...........................................................................................................................................170   
					6 
				1 Get started   
					This guide provides details about how to use the device and to resolve problems.   
					• 
					• 
					Find other resources for the product   
					Understand the device parts   
					Find other resources for the product   
					You can obtain product information and further troubleshooting resources that are not   
					included in this guide from the following resources:   
					Resource   
					Description   
					Location   
					Setup poster   
					Provides illustrated setup   
					information.   
					A printed version of the   
					document is provided with   
					the device.   
					Readme file and release notes Provide late-breaking   
					information and   
					Included on the Starter CD.   
					troubleshooting tips.   
					Toolbox (Microsoft®   
					Windows®)   
					Provides access to   
					maintenance services.   
					The Toolbox is typically   
					installed with the device   
					software as an available   
					installation option.   
					For more information, see   
					Toolbox (Windows).   
					HP Printer Utility (Mac OS)   
					Contains tools to configure   
					print settings, calibrate the   
					device, clean the ink   
					cartridges, print the   
					The HP Printer Utility is   
					typically installed with the   
					device software.   
					configuration page, order   
					supplies online, and find   
					support information from the   
					Web site.   
					For more information, see HP   
					Printer Utility (Mac OS).   
					Device control panel   
					Provides status, error, and   
					warning information about   
					operations.   
					For more information, see   
					Device control panel buttons   
					and lights.   
					Logs and reports   
					Provides information about   
					events that have occurred.   
					For more information, see   
					Monitor the device.   
					Self-Test diagnostic page   
					Device information:   
					For more information, see   
					Understand the self-test   
					report.   
					• 
					Product name   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					Model number   
					Serial number   
					Firmware version   
					number   
					Number of pages printed   
					from the trays and   
					accessories   
					• 
					Get started   
					7 
				Chapter 1   
					(continued)   
					Resource   
					Description   
					Location   
					Ink levels   
					• 
					• 
					Ink cartridge health status   
					HP Web sites   
					Provide the latest printer   
					software, and product and   
					support information.   
					www.hp.com/support   
					www.hp.com   
					HP telephone support   
					Lists information to contact   
					HP. During the warranty   
					period, this support is often   
					free of charge.   
					For more information, see   
					Obtain HP telephone support.   
					HP photo and imaging   
					software help   
					Provides information about   
					using the software.   
					For more information, see   
					Use the HP photo and   
					imaging software.   
					Control Panel Guide   
					Device control panel   
					instructions   
					Available through Solution   
					Center and Toolbox   
					(Windows).   
					Understand the device parts   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Front view   
					Printing supplies area   
					Back view   
					Device control panel buttons and lights   
					Connection information   
					Front view   
					1 
					Device control panel   
					Main tray   
					2 
					3 
					Front access door   
					8 
					Get started   
				(continued)   
					4 
					5 
					Scanner glass   
					Automatic document feeder   
					Printing supplies area   
					1 
					2 
					Front access door   
					Ink cartridges   
					Back view   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					Rear universal serial bus (USB) port   
					Power input   
					1-LINE (fax)   
					2-EXT (phone)   
					Understand the device parts   
					9 
				Chapter 1   
					Device control panel buttons and lights   
					The following diagram and related table provide a quick reference to the device control   
					panel features.   
					Label   
					Name and Description   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					7 
					Keypad: Enters values.   
					Attention light: Indicates an error condition.   
					Back button: Reverts back to its previous setting or upper level menu.   
					Left arrow button: Navigates forward through settings in the menus.   
					OK button: Selects the current menu or setting.   
					Right arrow button: Navigates in reverse through settings in the menus.   
					Setup: Presents the Setup menu for generating reports and other maintenance settings, and   
					for accessing the Help menu. The topic that you select from the Help menu opens a help   
					window on your computer screen.   
					8 
					Start: Initiates a copy, fax, or scan job. Pressing Start processes the job according to the   
					function selected.   
					9 
					Cancel: Stops a job, exits a menu, or exits settings.   
					Scan function indicator   
					10   
					11   
					12   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					Copy Color function indicator   
					Copy B&W function indicator   
					Fax Color function indicator   
					Fax B&W function indicator   
					Power: Turns the device on or off. The Power button is lit when the device is on. The light   
					blinks while performing a job.   
					When the device is turned off, a minimal amount of power is still supplied. To completely   
					disconnect the power supply, turn the device off, and then unplug the power cord.   
					16   
					Low ink indicator   
					10   
					Get started   
				(continued)   
					Label   
					17   
					Name and Description   
					Original loaded indicator   
					Paper jam indicator   
					18   
					Connection information   
					Description   
					Recommended   
					Supported software   
					features   
					Setup instructions   
					number of connected   
					computers for best   
					performance   
					USB connection   
					One computer   
					All features are   
					supported.   
					Follow the setup poster   
					guide for detailed   
					instructions.   
					connected with a USB   
					cable to the rear USB   
					2.0 high-speed port on   
					the device.   
					Printer sharing   
					Up to five computers.   
					All features resident on   
					the host computer are   
					supported. Only print is   
					supported from the   
					other computers.   
					Follow the instructions   
					in Share the device on a   
					locally shared network.   
					The host computer must   
					be turned on at all   
					times, or the other   
					computers cannot print   
					to the device.   
					Understand the device parts   
					11   
				2 Use the device   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Use device control panel menus   
					Device control-panel message types   
					Change device settings   
					Use the HP Solution Center (Windows)   
					Use the HP photo and imaging software   
					Load originals   
					Select print media   
					Load media   
					Print on special and custom-sized media   
					Print borderless   
					Set up speed-dial entries   
					Use device control panel menus   
					The following sections provide a quick reference to top-level menus that appear on the   
					control-panel display. To display a menu, press the menu button for the function you   
					want to use.   
					• 
					Scan menu: Presents a list of destinations. Some destinations require the HP   
					Photosmart Software to be loaded.   
					• 
					Copy menu: Menu options include:   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					Selecting copy quantities   
					Reducing/enlarging   
					Selecting media type and size   
					• 
					Fax menu: Allows you to enter a fax or speed-dial number, or display the Fax   
					menu. Menu options include:   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					Modifying resolution   
					Lightening/darkening   
					Sending delayed faxes   
					Setting up new defaults   
					Device control-panel message types   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Status messages   
					Warning messages   
					Error messages   
					Critical error messages   
					12   
					Use the device   
				Status messages   
					Status messages reflect the current state of the device. They inform you of normal   
					operation and require no action to clear them. They change as the state of the device   
					changes. Whenever the device is ready, not busy, and has no pending warning   
					messages, the date and time appear if the device is turned on.   
					Warning messages   
					Warning messages inform you of events that require your attention, but they do not   
					prevent the device from operating. An example of a warning message is Low On Ink.   
					Error messages   
					Error messages communicate that some action must be performed, such as adding   
					media or clearing a media jam. These messages are usually accompanied by a   
					blinking red Attention light. Take the appropriate action to continue printing.   
					If the error message shows an error code, press the Power button to turn off the   
					device, and then turn it on again. In most situations, this action solves the problem. If   
					the message persists, your device might need service.   
					Critical error messages   
					Critical error messages inform you of a device failure. Some of these messages can   
					be cleared by pressing the Power button to turn off the device, and then turning it on   
					again. If a critical error persists, service is required. For more information, see Support   
					and warranty.   
					Change device settings   
					You can change the device settings from these places:   
					• 
					• 
					From the device control panel.   
					From the HP Solution Center (Windows) or HP Device Manager (Mac OS). For   
					more information, see Use the HP photo and imaging software.   
					NOTE: When you are configuring settings in HP Solution Center or in the HP   
					Device Manager, you cannot see the settings that have been configured from the   
					device control panel (such as the copy settings).   
					To change settings from the device control panel   
					1. At the device control panel, press the left or right arrow keys to navigate to the   
					function you are using (for example, Copy Color). Press OK to select that function.   
					2. To reach the option that you want to change, use one of the following methods:   
					• 
					Press a control-panel button, and then use the left or right arrow keys to adjust   
					the value.   
					• 
					Select the option from the menu on the control-panel display.   
					3. Select the value that you want, and then press OK.   
					13   
					Change device settings   
				Chapter 2   
					To change settings from the HP Solution Center (Windows)   
					Ÿ See Use the HP photo and imaging software.   
					To change settings from the HP photo and imaging software (Mac OS)   
					1. Click the HP Device Manager icon in the Dock.   
					2. Select the device in the Devices drop-down menu.   
					3. On the Information and Settings menu, click an item that you want to change.   
					Use the HP Solution Center (Windows)   
					On a Windows computer, the HP Solution Center is the entry point for the   
					HP Photosmart Software. Use the HP Solution Center to change print settings, order   
					supplies, and access the onscreen Help.   
					The features available in the HP Solution Center vary depending on the devices you   
					have installed. The HP Solution Center is customized to show icons that are   
					associated with the selected device. If the selected device is not equipped with a   
					particular feature, then the icon for that feature does not appear in the HP Solution   
					Center.   
					If the HP Solution Center on your computer does not contain any icons, an error might   
					have occurred during the software installation. To correct this, use the Control Panel in   
					Windows to completely uninstall the HP Photosmart Software, and then reinstall the   
					software. For more information, see the onscreen Help that came with the device.   
					For information about opening the HP Solution Center, see Use the HP photo and   
					imaging software.   
					Use the HP photo and imaging software   
					You can use the HP photo and imaging software to access many features that are not   
					available from the device control panel.   
					The software is installed on your computer during setup. For further information, see   
					the setup documentation that came with your device.   
					Access to the HP photo and imaging software differs by operating system (OS). For   
					example, if you have a Windows computer, the HP photo and imaging software entry   
					point is the HP Photosmart Software window. If you have a Macintosh computer, the   
					HP photo and imaging software entry point is the HP Photosmart Studio window.   
					14   
					Use the device   
				Regardless, the entry point serves as the launching pad for the HP photo and imaging   
					software and services.   
					To open the HP Photosmart Software on a Windows computer   
					1. Do one of the following:   
					• 
					• 
					On the Windows desktop, double-click the HP Photosmart Software icon.   
					In the system tray at the far right of the Windows taskbar, double-click the HP   
					Digital Imaging Monitor icon.   
					• 
					On the taskbar, click Start, point to Programs or All Programs, select HP,   
					and then click HP Photosmart Software.   
					2. If you have more than one HP device installed, select the tab with your product's   
					name.   
					NOTE: On a Windows computer, the features available in the HP Photosmart   
					Software vary depending on the devices you have installed. The software is   
					customized to show icons that are associated with the selected device. If the   
					selected device is not equipped with a particular feature, then the icon for that   
					feature does not appear in the software.   
					TIP: If the HP Photosmart Software on your computer does not contain any   
					icons, an error might have occurred during the software installation. To correct   
					this, use the Control Panel in Windows to completely uninstall the   
					HP Photosmart Software; then reinstall the software. For more information, see   
					the setup poster that came with your device.   
					To open the HP Photosmart Studio software on a Macintosh computer   
					1. Click the HP Photosmart Studio icon in the Dock.   
					The HP Photosmart Studio window appears.   
					2. In the HP Photosmart Studio task bar, click Devices.   
					The HP Device Manager window appears.   
					3. Select your device from the Device drop-down menu.   
					From here, you can scan, import documents, and perform maintenance   
					procedures such as checking the ink levels for the ink cartridges.   
					NOTE: On a Macintosh computer, the features available in the   
					HP Photosmart Studio software vary depending on the selected device.   
					TIP: When the HP Photosmart Studio software is opened, you can gain   
					access to the Dock menu shortcuts by selecting and holding the mouse button   
					over the HP Photosmart Studio icon in the Dock.   
					Load originals   
					You can load an original for a copy or a scan job on the scanner glass.   
					• 
					• 
					Load an original on the scanner glass   
					Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF)   
					Load originals   
					15   
				Chapter 2   
					Load an original on the scanner glass   
					You can copy, scan, or fax up to letter- or A4-size originals by loading them on the   
					glass.   
					NOTE: Many of the special features will not work correctly if the glass and lid   
					backing are not clean. For more information, see Clean the device.   
					To load an original on the scanner glass   
					1. Lift the scanner lid.   
					2. Load your original print side down in the right front corner of the glass.   
					TIP: For more help on loading an original, refer to the guide along the edge of   
					the glass.   
					3. Close the lid.   
					Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF)   
					You can copy, scan, or fax a one-sided, single- or multiple-page, A4- or letter-size   
					document by placing it in the document feeder tray.   
					CAUTION: Do not load photos in the ADF; this might cause damage to your   
					photos.   
					NOTE: Some features, such as the Fit to Page copy feature, do not work when   
					you load your originals in the ADF. You must load your originals on the glass.   
					The document feeder tray holds a maximum of 50 sheets of plain paper.   
					To load an original in the document feeder tray   
					1. Load your original, with the print side up, into the document feeder tray. Place the   
					pages so that the top edge of the document goes in first. Slide the media into the   
					16   
					Use the device   
				automatic document feeder until you hear a beep or see a message on the display   
					indicating that the loaded pages were detected.   
					TIP: For more help on loading originals in the automatic document feeder,   
					refer to the diagram engraved in the document feeder tray.   
					2. Slide the width guides inward until they stop at the left and right edges of the media.   
					NOTE: Remove all originals from the document feeder tray before lifting the lid on   
					the device.   
					Select print media   
					The device is designed to work well with most types of office media. It is best to test a   
					variety of print media types before buying large quantities. Use HP media for optimum   
					print quality. Visit the HP Web site at www.hp.com for more information about HP   
					media.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Tips for selecting and using print media   
					Understand specifications for supported media   
					Set minimum margins   
					Tips for selecting and using print media   
					For the best results, observe the following guidelines.   
					• 
					Always use media that conforms to the device specifications. For more   
					information, see Understand specifications for supported media.   
					• 
					• 
					Load only one type of media at a time into a tray.   
					Load media print-side down and aligned against the right and back edges of the   
					tray. For more information, see Load media.   
					17   
					Select print media   
				Chapter 2   
					• 
					• 
					Do not overload the trays. For more information, see Understand specifications for   
					supported media.   
					To prevent jams, poor print quality, and other printing problems, avoid the following   
					media:   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					Multipart forms   
					Media that is damaged, curled, or wrinkled   
					Media with cutouts or perforations   
					Media that is heavily textured, embossed, or does not accept ink well   
					Media that is too lightweight or stretches easily   
					Cards and envelopes   
					• 
					Avoid envelopes that have a very slick finish, self-stick adhesives, clasps, or   
					windows. Also avoid cards and envelopes with thick, irregular, or curled edges, or   
					areas that are wrinkled, torn, or otherwise damaged.   
					• 
					• 
					Use tightly constructed envelopes, and make sure the folds are sharply creased.   
					Load envelopes with the flaps facing up.   
					Photo media   
					• 
					Use the Best mode to print photographs. Note that in this mode, printing takes   
					longer and more memory is required from your computer.   
					• 
					Remove each sheet as it prints and set it aside to dry. Allowing wet media to stack   
					up may cause smearing.   
					Transparencies   
					• 
					Insert transparencies with the rough side down and the adhesive strip pointing   
					towards the back of the device.   
					• 
					Use the Normal mode to print transparencies. This mode provides longer drying   
					time and ensures that the ink dries completely before the next page is delivered to   
					the main tray.   
					• 
					Remove each sheet as it prints and set it aside to dry. Allowing wet media to stack   
					up may cause smearing.   
					Custom-sized media   
					• 
					• 
					Use only custom-sized media that is supported by the device.   
					If your application supports custom-sized media, set the media size in the   
					application before printing the document. If not, set the size in the print driver. You   
					might need to reformat existing documents to print them correctly on custom-sized   
					media.   
					Understand specifications for supported media   
					Use the Understand supported sizes and Understand supported media types and   
					weights tables to determine the correct media to use with your device, and determine   
					what features will work with your media.   
					• 
					• 
					Understand supported sizes   
					Understand supported media types and weights   
					18   
					Use the device   
				Understand supported sizes   
					Media size   
					Main tray   
					Standard media sizes   
					8.5 x 13 inches (216 x 330 mm)   
					U.S. Legal (216 x 356 mm; 8.5 x 14 inches)   
					A4 (210 x 297 mm; 8.3 x 11.7 inches)   
					U.S. Executive (184 x 267 mm; 7.25 x 10.5 inches)   
					B5 (182 x 257 mm; 7.17 x 10.12 inches)   
					A5 (148 x 210 mm; 5.8 x 8.3 inches)   
					B7 JIS   
					Borderless B7 JIS   
					Borderless A4 (210 x 297 mm; 8.3 x 11.7 inches)   
					Borderless A5 (148 x 210 mm; 5.8 x 8.3 inches)   
					Borderless B5 (182 x 257 mm; 7.17 x 10.12 inches)   
					Ofuku hagaki   
					Borderless B7 ISO   
					Borderless hagaki (100 x 148 mm)   
					Borderless (10 x 15 cm, tab)   
					Borderless (4 x 6 inches, tab)   
					Borderless (4 x 6 inches, tab)   
					Borderless (10 x 20 cm, tab)   
					Borderless (4 x 8 inches, tab)   
					Borderless HV   
					Borderless A6   
					Borderless cabinet   
					Borderless 2L (same dimension as 5 x 7 inches)   
					Borderless (13 x 18 cm), same dimension as 5 x 7 inches   
					Borderless (8.5 x 11 inches)   
					19   
					Select print media   
				Chapter 2   
					(continued)   
					Media size   
					B7 ISO   
					Main tray   
					10 x 15 cm (tab)   
					4 x 6 inches (tab)   
					10 x 20 cm (tab)   
					4 x 8 inches (tab)   
					HV   
					Cabinet   
					2L (same dimension as 5 x 7 inches)   
					13 x 18 cm (same dimension as 5 x 7 inches)   
					Envelopes   
					U.S. #10 Envelope (105 x 241 mm; 4.12 x 9.5 inches)   
					Monarch Envelope (98 x 191 mm; 3.88 x 7.5 inches)   
					Card Envelope (111 x 152 mm; 4.4 x 6 inches)   
					A2 Envelope (111 x 146 mm; 4.37 x 5.75 inches)   
					DL Envelope (110 x 220 mm; 4.3 x 8.7 inches)   
					C6 Envelope (114 x 162 mm; 4.5 x 6.4 inches)   
					Japanese Envelope Chou #3 (120 x 235 mm; 4.7 x 9.3 inches)   
					Japanese Envelope Chou #4 (90 x 205 mm; 3.5 x 8.1 inches)   
					Cards   
					Index card (76.2 x 127 mm; 3 x 5 inches)   
					Index card (102 x 152 mm; 4 x 6 inches)   
					Index card (127 x 203 mm; 5 x 8 inches)   
					A6 card (105 x 148.5 mm; 4.13 x 5.83 inches)   
					Borderless A6 card (105 x 148.5 mm; 4.13 x 5.83 inches)   
					Hagaki** (100 x 148 mm; 3.9 x 5.8 inches)   
					Photo media   
					Photo media (102 x 152 mm; 4 x 6 inches)   
					20   
					Use the device   
				(continued)   
					Media size   
					Main tray   
					Photo media (5 x 7 inches)   
					Photo media (8 x 10 inches)   
					Photo media (10 x 15 cm)   
					Photo L (89 x 127 mm; 3.5 x 5 inches)   
					Borderless photo media (102 x 152 mm; 4 x 6 inches)   
					Borderless photo media (5 x 7 inches)   
					Borderless photo media (8 x 10 inches)   
					Borderless photo media (8.5 x 11 inches)   
					Borderless photo media (10 x 15 cm)   
					Borderless Photo L (89 x 127 mm; 3.5 x 5 inches)   
					Other media   
					Custom-sized media between between 76.20 to 210.06 mm wide and   
					101.60 to 762.00 mm long (3 to 8.5 inches wide and 4 to 30 inches   
					long)   
					Panorama (4 x 12 inches)   
					Borderless panorama (4 x 12 inches)   
					** The device is compatible with plain and inkjet hagaki from Japan Post only. It is not   
					compatible with photo hagaki from Japan Post.   
					Understand supported media types and weights   
					Tray   
					Type   
					Weight   
					Capacity   
					60 to 105 g/m2   
					Main tray   
					Paper   
					Up to 100 sheets of   
					plain paper   
					(16 to 28 lb bond)   
					(25 mm or 1 inch   
					stacked)   
					Transparencies   
					Photo media   
					Labels   
					Up to 70 sheets   
					(17 mm or 0.67 inch   
					stacked)   
					280 g/m2   
					Up to 100 sheets   
					(75 lb bond)   
					(17 mm or 0.67 inch   
					stacked)   
					Up to 100 sheets   
					(17 mm or 0.67 inch   
					stacked)   
					21   
					Select print media   
				Chapter 2   
					(continued)   
					Tray   
					Type   
					Weight   
					Capacity   
					75 to 90 g/m2   
					Envelopes   
					Up to 30 sheets   
					(17 mm or 0.67 inch   
					stacked)   
					(20 to 24 lb bond   
					envelope)   
					Up to 200 g/m2   
					(110 lb index)   
					Cards   
					Up to 80 cards   
					Main tray   
					All supported media   
					Up to 100 sheets of   
					plain paper (text   
					printing)   
					Set minimum margins   
					The document margins must match (or exceed) these margin settings in portrait   
					orientation.   
					Media   
					(1) Left   
					margin   
					(2) Right   
					margin   
					(3) Top   
					margin   
					(4) Bottom   
					margin*   
					U.S. Letter   
					U.S. Legal   
					A4   
					3.0 mm   
					(0.118   
					inches)   
					3.0 mm   
					(0.118   
					inches)   
					3.0 mm   
					(0.118 inches) (0.118   
					inches)   
					3.0 mm   
					U.S. Executive   
					U.S. Statement   
					B5   
					A5   
					Cards   
					Custom-sized media   
					Photo media   
					Envelopes   
					3.0 mm   
					(0.118   
					inches)   
					3.0 mm   
					(0.118   
					inches)   
					3.0 mm   
					(0.118 inches) (0.563   
					inches)   
					14.3 mm   
					* To achieve this margin setting on a computer running Windows, click the Advanced   
					tab in the print driver, and select Minimize Margins.   
					22   
					Use the device   
				Load media   
					This section provides instructions for loading media into the device.   
					To load main tray   
					1. Insert the media print-side down along the right of the main tray. Make sure the   
					stack of media aligns with the right and back edges of the tray, and does not   
					exceed the line marking in the tray.   
					NOTE: Do not load paper while the device is printing.   
					2. Slide the media guides in the tray to adjust them for the media size that you have   
					loaded.   
					3. Pull out the tray extender.   
					Print on special and custom-sized media   
					To print on special or custom-sized media (Windows)   
					1. Load the appropriate media. For more information, see Load media.   
					2. With a document open, click Print on the File menu, and then click Setup,   
					Properties, or Preferences.   
					3. Click the Paper/Features tab.   
					23   
					Print on special and custom-sized media   
				Chapter 2   
					4. Select the media size from the Size is drop-down list.   
					To set a custom media size:   
					a. Click the Custom button.   
					b. Type a name for the new custom size.   
					c. In the Width and Height boxes, type the dimensions, and then click Save.   
					d. Click OK twice to close the properties or preferences dialog box. Open the   
					dialog box again.   
					e. Select the new custom size.   
					5. To select the media type:   
					a. Click More in the Type is drop-down list.   
					b. Click the desired media type, and then click OK.   
					6. Select the media source from the Source is drop-down list.   
					7. Change any other settings, and then click OK.   
					8. Print your document.   
					To print on special or custom-sized media (Mac OS)   
					1. Load the appropriate media. For more information, see Load media.   
					2. On the File menu, click Page Setup.   
					3. Verify that the correct printer is selected.   
					4. Select the media size.   
					5. To set a custom media size:   
					a. Click Manage Custom Sizes in the Paper Size pull-down menu.   
					b. Click New and type a name for the size in the Paper Size Name box.   
					c. In the Width and Height boxes, type the dimensions and set the margins, if   
					desired.   
					d. Click Done or OK, and then click Save.   
					6. On the File menu, click Page Setup, and then select the new custom size.   
					7. Click OK.   
					8. On the File menu, click Print.   
					9. Open the Paper Handling panel.   
					10. Under Destination Paper Size, click the Scale to fit paper size button, and then   
					select the customized paper size.   
					11. Change any other desired settings, and then click OK or Print.   
					Print borderless   
					Borderless printing lets you print to the edges of certain media types and a range of   
					standard media sizes.   
					NOTE: Open the file in a software application and assign the image size. Make   
					sure the size corresponds to the media size on which you are printing the image.   
					You can also gain access to this feature from the Printing Shortcuts tab. Open   
					the printer driver, select the Printing Shortcuts tab, and select the printing   
					shortcut for this print job drop-down list.   
					24   
					Use the device   
				NOTE: Borderless printing is not supported on plain media.   
					To print a borderless document (Windows)   
					1. Load the appropriate media. For more information, see Load media.   
					2. Open the file that you want to print.   
					3. From the application, open the print driver:   
					a. Click File, and then click Print.   
					b. Click Properties or Setup.   
					4. Click the Paper/Quality tab.   
					5. Select the media size from the Size is drop-down list.   
					6. Select the Borderless Printing check box.   
					7. Select the media source from the Source is drop-down list.   
					8. Select the media type from the Type is drop-down list.   
					NOTE: Borderless printing is not supported on plain media.   
					9. If you are printing photos, select Best from the Print Quality drop-down list.   
					Alternatively, select Maximum dpi, which provides up to 4800 x 1200 optimized   
					dpi* for optimum print quality.   
					*Up to 4800 x 1200 optimized dpi for color printing and 1200 input dpi. This setting   
					might temporarily use a large amount of hard disk space (400 MB or more) and will   
					print more slowly.   
					10. Change any other print settings, and then click OK.   
					11. Print the document.   
					12. If you printed on photo media with a tear-off tab, remove the tab to make the   
					document completely borderless.   
					To print a borderless document (Mac OS)   
					1. Load the appropriate media. For more information, see Load media.   
					2. Open the file that you want to print.   
					3. Click File, and then click Page Setup.   
					4. Verify that the correct printer is selected.   
					5. Select the borderless media size, and then click OK.   
					6. Click File, and then click Print.   
					7. Open the Paper Type/Quality panel.   
					8. Click the Paper tab, and then select the media type from the Paper type drop-   
					down list.   
					NOTE: Borderless printing is not supported on plain media.   
					9. If you are printing photos, select Best from the Quality drop-down list.   
					Alternatively, select Maximum dpi, which provides up to 4800 x 1200 optimized   
					dpi*.   
					*Up to 4800 x 1200 optimized dpi for color printing and 1200 input dpi. This setting   
					might temporarily use a large amount of hard disk space (400 MB or more) and will   
					print more slowly.   
					Print borderless   
					25   
				Chapter 2   
					10. Select the media source. If you are printing on thick or photo media, select the   
					manual feed option.   
					11. Change any other print settings, and then click Print.   
					12. If you printed on photo media with a tear-off tab, remove the tab to make the   
					document completely borderless.   
					Set up speed-dial entries   
					You can set up frequently used fax numbers as speed-dial entries. This lets you dial   
					those numbers quickly by using the device control panel.   
					• 
					• 
					Set up fax numbers as speed-dial entries or groups   
					Print and view a list of speed-dial entries   
					Set up fax numbers as speed-dial entries or groups   
					You can store fax numbers or groups of fax numbers as speed-dial entries. For   
					information about printing a list of the speed-dial entries that are set up, see Print and   
					view a list of speed-dial entries.   
					• 
					• 
					Set up speed-dial entries   
					Set up a speed-dial group   
					Set up speed-dial entries   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					HP Solution Center (Windows): Open the HP Solution Center and follow the   
					instructions in the onscreen Help.   
					HP Device Manager (Mac OS): Launch HP Device Manager, click Information   
					and Settings, and then select Fax Speed Dial Settings from the drop-down list.   
					Device control panel: Press Setup, select the Speed Dial option, and then press   
					OK.   
					ƕ 
					To add or change an entry: Select New Speed Dial or Group Speed Dial, and   
					then press the arrow keys to move to an unused entry number, or type a   
					number on the keypad. Type the fax number, and then press OK. Include any   
					pauses or other required numbers, such as an area code, an access code for   
					numbers outside a PBX system (usually a 9 or 0), or a long-distance prefix.   
					Type the name, and then press OK.   
					ƕ 
					To delete one entry or all entries: Select Delete Speed Dial, press the arrow   
					keys to highlight the speed-dial entry that you want to delete, and then press OK.   
					Set up a speed-dial group   
					If you send information to the same group of fax numbers on a regular basis, you can   
					set up a speed-dial entry for a group in order to simplify the task. The speed-dial entry   
					for a group can be associated with a speed-dial button on the device control panel.   
					26   
					Use the device   
				A group member must be a member of the speed-dial list before you can add the   
					member to a speed-dial group. You can add up to 20 fax numbers to each group (with   
					up to 50 characters for each fax number).   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					HP Solution Center (Windows): Open the HP Solution Center and follow the   
					instructions in the onscreen Help.   
					HP Device Manager (Mac OS): Launch HP Device Manager, click Information   
					and Settings, and then select Fax Speed Dial Settings from the drop-down list.   
					Device control panel: Press the Setup button, select the Speed Dial option, and   
					then press OK.   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					To add a group: Select Group Speed Dial, select an unassigned speed-dial   
					entry, and then press OK. Use the arrow keys to highlight a speed-dial entry,   
					and then press OK to select it. Repeat this step to add additional speed-dial   
					entries to this group. When finished, exit the menu.   
					To add entries to a group: Select Group Speed Dial, select the group speed-   
					dial entry that you want to change, and then press OK. Use the arrow keys to   
					highlight a speed-dial entry, and then press OK to select it. Repeat this step to   
					add additional speed-dial entries to this group. When finished, exit the menu.   
					To delete an entry from a group: Select Group Speed Dial, select the group   
					speed-dial entry that you want to change, and then press OK. Use the arrow   
					keys to highlight a speed-dial entry, and then press OK to select it. Repeat this   
					step to remove additional speed-dial entries from this group. When finished,   
					exit the menu.   
					ƕ 
					To delete a group: Select Delete Speed Dial, press the arrow keys to highlight   
					the speed-dial entry that you want to delete, and then press OK.   
					Print and view a list of speed-dial entries   
					You can print or view a list of all of the speed-dial entries that have been set up. Each   
					entry in the list contains the following information:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Speed-dial number   
					Name associated with the fax number or group of fax numbers   
					For the fax speed-dial list, the fax number (or all of the fax numbers for a group)   
					View a list of speed-dial entries   
					• 
					HP Device Manager (Mac OS): Launch HP Device Manager, click Information   
					and Settings, and then select Fax Speed Dial Settings from the drop-down list.   
					• 
					HP Solution Center (Windows): Open the HP Solution Center and follow the   
					instructions in the onscreen Help.   
					Set up speed-dial entries   
					27   
				3 Print   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					Change print settings   
					Cancel a print job   
					Change print settings   
					You can change print settings (such as paper size or type) from an application or the   
					printer driver. Changes made from an application take precedence over changes   
					made from the printer driver. However, after the application is closed, the settings   
					return to the defaults configured in the driver.   
					NOTE: To set print settings for all print jobs, make the changes in the printer   
					driver.   
					For more information about the features of the Windows printer driver, see the   
					online help for the driver. For more information about printing from a specific   
					application, see the documentation that came with the application.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Change settings from an application for current jobs (Windows)   
					Change default settings for all future jobs (Windows)   
					Change settings (Mac OS)   
					Change settings from an application for current jobs (Windows)   
					To change the settings   
					1. Open the document that you want to print.   
					2. On the File menu, click Print, and then click Setup, Properties, or Preferences.   
					(Specific options may vary depending on the application that you are using.)   
					3. Change the settings that you want, and then click OK, Print, or a similar command.   
					Change default settings for all future jobs (Windows)   
					To change the settings   
					1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.   
					- Or -   
					Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.   
					2. Right-click the printer icon, and then click Properties, Document Defaults, or   
					Printing Preferences.   
					3. Change the settings that you want, and then click OK.   
					28   
					Print   
				Change settings (Mac OS)   
					To change the settings   
					1. On the File menu, click Page Setup.   
					2. Verify that the correct printer is selected.   
					3. Change the settings that you want (such as paper size), and then click OK.   
					4. On the File menu, click Print to open the print driver.   
					5. Change the settings that you want (such as media type), and then click OK or Print.   
					Cancel a print job   
					You can cancel a print job using one of the following methods.   
					Device control panel: Press (Cancel button). This clears the job that the device is   
					currently processing. It does not affect jobs waiting to be processed.   
					Windows: Double-click the printer icon that appears in the lower-right corner of the   
					computer screen. Select the print job, and then press the Delete key on the keyboard.   
					Mac OS: Open the System Preferences and select Printer & Faxes. Double-click the   
					printer in the Printer Browser. Select the print job, click Hold, and then click Delete.   
					29   
					Cancel a print job   
				4 Copy   
					You can produce high-quality color and grayscale copies on a variety of paper types   
					and sizes.   
					NOTE: Copying from the HP photo and imaging software is only available on the   
					Mac OS.   
					NOTE: If you are copying a document when a fax arrives, the fax is stored in the   
					device memory until the copying finishes. This can reduce the number of fax pages   
					stored in memory.   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Make copies from the device control panel   
					Change the copy settings   
					Set the number of copies   
					Set the copy paper size   
					Set the copy paper type   
					Change copy speed or quality   
					Resize an original to fit onto letter or A4 paper   
					Copy a legal-size document onto letter paper   
					Adjust the lightness and darkness of your copy   
					Enhance blurred areas of your copy   
					Enhance light areas of your copy   
					Cancel a copy job   
					Make copies from the device control panel   
					You can make quality copies from the device control panel.   
					To make a copy from the device control panel   
					1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the main tray.   
					2. Place your original face down on the scanner glass. For more information, see   
					Load originals.   
					3. Use the left arrow or right arrow to select one of the following functions:   
					• 
					• 
					Copy B&W: To select a black-and-white copy job.   
					Copy Color: To select a color copy job.   
					NOTE: If you have a color original, selecting the Copy B&W function   
					produces a black-and-white copy of the color original, while selecting the Copy   
					Color function produces a full-color copy of the color original.   
					4. Press OK.   
					5. Press Start.   
					30   
					Copy   
				Change the copy settings   
					You can customize the copy settings to handle nearly any task.   
					When you change copy settings, the changes are for the current copy job only. You   
					must set the changes as defaults for the settings to apply to all future copy jobs.   
					To save the current settings as defaults for future jobs   
					1. Press left arrow or right arrow to navigate between different copy options,   
					make any changes to the copy function settings, and then press OK to accept the   
					changes.   
					2. Press right arrow until Set As Default appears, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow to select Yes, and then press OK.   
					Set the number of copies   
					You can set the number of copies that you want to print by using the No. of Copies   
					option on the device control panel.   
					To set the number of copies from the device control panel   
					1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the main tray.   
					2. Place your original face down on the scanner glass.   
					3. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Copy B&W or Copy Color, and   
					then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow or use the keypad to enter the number of copies, and then   
					press OK.   
					TIP: If you hold down either of the arrow buttons, the number of copies   
					changes by increments of 5 to make it easier to set a large number of copies.   
					5. Press Start.   
					NOTE: Copy functions can also be performed using the HP Photosmart Studio   
					Software (Mac OS). See the software's Help for more information.   
					Set the copy paper size   
					You can set the paper size on the device. The paper size you select should match   
					what is loaded in the main tray.   
					To set the paper size from the device control panel   
					1. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Copy B&W or Copy Color, and   
					then press OK.   
					2. Press right arrow until Copy Paper Size appears, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow until the appropriate paper size appears, and then press OK.   
					4. Press Start.   
					31   
					Set the copy paper size   
				Chapter 4   
					NOTE: Copy functions can also be performed using the HP Photosmart Studio   
					Software (Mac OS). See the software's Help for more information.   
					Set the copy paper type   
					You can set the paper type on the device.   
					To set the paper type for copies from the device control panel   
					1. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Copy B&W or Copy Color, and   
					then press OK.   
					2. Press right arrow until Copy Paper Type appears, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow until the appropriate paper type appears, and then press OK.   
					4. Press Start.   
					Refer to the following table to determine which paper type setting to choose based on   
					the paper loaded in the main tray.   
					Paper type   
					Device control panel setting   
					Plain Paper   
					Plain paper   
					HP Bright White Paper   
					Plain Paper   
					HP Premium Presentation Paper, Matte   
					Other inkjet papers   
					Premium Inkjet   
					Premium Inkjet   
					Photo Paper   
					HP Premium Plus Photo Papers   
					HP Premium Photo Papers   
					HP Advanced Photo Paper   
					HP Everyday Photo Paper, Semi-gloss   
					HP Everyday Photo Paper, Matte   
					Other photo papers   
					Photo Paper   
					Photo Paper   
					Photo Paper   
					Premium Inkjet   
					Photo Paper   
					HP Premium Inkjet Transparency   
					HP Iron-on Transfer   
					Premium Inkjet   
					Premium Inkjet   
					Photo Paper   
					HP Photo Cards   
					Other specialty papers   
					Premium Inkjet   
					Photo Paper   
					Glossy Greeting Card   
					Matte Greeting Card   
					Premium Inkjet   
					Photo Paper   
					HP Brochure & Flyer Paper, Glossy   
					HP Brochure & Flyer Paper, Matte   
					Other Glossy Brochure   
					Premium Inkjet   
					Photo Paper   
					Other Matte Brochure   
					Premium Inkjet   
					32   
					Copy   
				(continued)   
					Paper type   
					Plain hagaki   
					Inkjet hagaki   
					Photo hagaki   
					Device control panel setting   
					Plain Paper   
					Premium Inkjet   
					Photo Paper   
					NOTE: Copy functions can also be performed using the HP Photosmart Studio   
					Software (Mac OS). See the software's Help for more information.   
					Change copy speed or quality   
					The device provides three options that affect copy speed and quality:   
					• 
					Best produces the highest quality for all paper and eliminates the banding   
					(striping) effect that sometimes occurs in solid areas. Best copies slower than the   
					other quality settings.   
					• 
					• 
					Normal delivers high-quality output and is the recommended setting for most of   
					your copying. Normal copies faster than Best and is the default setting.   
					Fast copies faster than the Normal setting. The text is comparable to the quality of   
					the Normal setting, but the graphics might be lower quality. The Fast setting uses   
					less ink and extends the life of your ink cartridges.   
					To change the copy quality from the device control panel   
					1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the main tray.   
					2. Place your original face down on the glass.   
					3. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Copy B&W or Copy Color, and   
					then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow until Copy Quality appears, and then press OK.   
					5. Press right arrow until the appropriate paper quality appears, and then press OK.   
					6. Press Start.   
					NOTE: Copy functions can also be performed using the HP Photosmart Studio   
					Software (Mac OS). See the software's Help for more information.   
					33   
					Change copy speed or quality   
				Chapter 4   
					Resize an original to fit onto letter or A4 paper   
					If the image or text on your original fills the entire sheet with no margins, use Fit to   
					Page or Full Page 91% to reduce your original and prevent unwanted cropping of the   
					text or images at the edges of the sheet.   
					TIP: You can also use Fit to Page to enlarge a small photo to fit within the   
					printable area of a full-size page. In order to do this without changing the   
					proportions of the original or cropping the edges, the device might leave an uneven   
					amount of white space around the edges of the paper.   
					To resize a document from the device control panel   
					1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the main tray.   
					2. Place your original face down on the scanner glass.   
					3. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Copy B&W or Copy Color, and   
					then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow until Reduce / Enlarge appears, and then press OK.   
					5. Press right arrow until Full Page 91% appears, and then press OK.   
					6. Press Start.   
					NOTE: Copy functions can also be performed using the HP Photosmart Studio   
					Software (Mac OS). See the software's Help for more information.   
					Copy a legal-size document onto letter paper   
					You can use the Legal > Ltr 72% setting to reduce a copy of a legal-size document to   
					a size that fits onto letter paper.   
					NOTE: The percentage in the example, Legal > Ltr 72%, might not match the   
					percentage that appears in the display.   
					34   
					Copy   
				To copy a legal-size document onto letter paper   
					1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the main tray.   
					2. Place your original face up in the ADF.   
					3. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Copy B&W or Copy Color, and   
					then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow until Reduce / Enlarge appears, and then press OK.   
					5. Press right arrow until Legal > Ltr 72% appears, and then press OK.   
					6. Press Start.   
					Adjust the lightness and darkness of your copy   
					You can use the Lighter / Darker option to adjust the contrast of the copies you make.   
					To adjust the copy contrast from the device control panel   
					1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the main tray.   
					2. Place your original face down on the scanner glass.   
					3. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Copy B&W or Copy Color, and   
					then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow until Lighter / Darker appears, and then press OK.   
					5. Do one of the following:   
					• 
					• 
					Press right arrow to darken the copy, and then press OK.   
					Press the left arrow to lighten the copy, and then press OK.   
					6. Press Start.   
					NOTE: Copy functions can also be performed using the HP Photosmart Studio   
					Software (Mac OS). See the software's Help for more information.   
					Enhance blurred areas of your copy   
					You can use the Enhancements feature to adjust the quality of text documents by   
					sharpening edges of black text or adjust photographs by enhancing light colors that   
					might otherwise appear white.   
					35   
					Enhance blurred areas of your copy   
				Chapter 4   
					The Mixed enhancement is the default option. Use the Mixed enhancement to   
					sharpen edges of most originals.   
					To copy a blurred document from the device control panel   
					1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the main tray.   
					2. Place your original face down on the scanner glass.   
					3. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Copy B&W or Copy Color, and   
					then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow until Enhancements appears, and then press OK.   
					5. Press right arrow until the Text setting appears, and then press OK.   
					6. Press Start.   
					If any of the following occur, turn off Text enhancement by selecting Photo or None:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Stray dots of color surround some text on your copies   
					Large, black typefaces look splotchy (not smooth)   
					Thin, colored objects or lines contain black sections   
					Horizontal grainy or white bands appear in light- to medium-gray areas   
					Enhance light areas of your copy   
					You can use Photo enhancements to enhance light colors that might otherwise   
					appear white. You can also use Photo enhancements to eliminate or reduce any of   
					the following that might occur when copying with Text enhancements:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Stray dots of color surround some text on your copies   
					Large, black typefaces look splotchy (not smooth)   
					Thin, colored objects or lines contain black sections   
					Horizontal grainy or white bands appear in light- to medium-gray areas   
					To copy an overexposed photo from the device control panel   
					1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the main tray.   
					2. Place your original face down on the scanner glass.   
					3. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Copy B&W or Copy Color, and   
					then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow until Enhancements appears, and then press OK.   
					5. Press right arrow until the Photo enhancement setting appears, and then press   
					OK.   
					6. Press Start.   
					Cancel a copy job   
					To stop copying, press Cancel on the device control panel.   
					36   
					Copy   
				5 Scan   
					You can scan originals and send them to a variety of destinations, such as a folder on   
					the network or a program on a computer. You can use the device control panel, the   
					HP photo and imaging software, and TWAIN-compliant or WIA-compliant programs on   
					a computer.   
					Scan functions are only available after you install the software.   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Scan an original   
					Scan from a TWAIN-compliant or a WIA-compliant program   
					Edit a scanned original   
					Change scan settings   
					Cancel a scan job   
					Scan an original   
					You can start a scan from a computer or from the device control panel. This section   
					explains how to scan from the device control panel only.   
					NOTE: You can also use the HP Photosmart Software to scan an image,   
					including panorama images. Using this software, you can edit a scanned image   
					and create special projects using a scanned image. For information about how to   
					scan from the computer, and how to adjust, resize, rotate, crop, and sharpen your   
					scans, see the onscreen HP Photosmart Software Help that came with your   
					software.   
					To use the scan features, your device and computer must be connected and turned   
					on. The printer software must also be installed and running on your computer prior to   
					scanning. To verify that the printer software is running on a computer running   
					Windows, look for the device icon in the system tray at the lower-right side of the   
					screen, near the clock. To verify this on a computer using the Mac OS, open the HP   
					Device Manager, and click Scan Picture. If a scanner is available, it will launch the HP   
					ScanPro application. If it is not available, a message appears to let you know that a   
					scanner was not found.   
					NOTE: Closing the HP Digital Imaging Monitor icon in your Windows system tray   
					can cause your device to lose some of its scan functionality and result in the No   
					Connection error message. If this happens, you can restore full functionality by   
					restarting your computer or by starting the HP Photosmart Software.   
					• 
					Scan an original to a program on a computer (direct connection)   
					Scan an original to a program on a computer (direct connection)   
					Use the following steps if your device is directly connected to a computer via a USB   
					cable.   
					Scan   
					37   
				Chapter 5   
					When the scan is complete, the program that you have selected opens and displays   
					the document that you have scanned.   
					To send a scan to a program on a computer from the HP photo and imaging   
					software   
					1. On the computer, open the HP photo and imaging software. For more information,   
					see Use the HP photo and imaging software.   
					2. See the onscreen Help for further instructions.   
					To send a scan to a program on a computer from the device control panel (direct   
					connect)   
					1. Load the original on the scanner glass. For more information, see Load originals.   
					2. Press the left arrow or the right arrow to select the Scan function, and then   
					press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow to select the program that you want to use (such as the HP   
					photo and imaging software), and then press OK.   
					4. Press Start.   
					Scan from a TWAIN-compliant or a WIA-compliant program   
					The device is TWAIN-complaint and WIA-compliant and works with programs that   
					support TWAIN-compliant and WIA-compliant scanning devices. While you are in a   
					TWAIN-compliant or WIA-compliant program, you can gain access to the scanning   
					feature and scan an image directly into the program.   
					TWAIN is supported in all Windows and Mac OS operating systems.   
					In Windows operating systems, WIA is supported only for Windows XP and Vista   
					direct connections. WIA is not supported for the Mac OS.   
					• 
					• 
					Scan from a TWAIN-compliant program   
					Scan from a WIA-compliant program   
					Scan from a TWAIN-compliant program   
					Generally, a software program is TWAIN-compliant if it has a command such as   
					Acquire, File Acquire, Scan, Import New Object, Insert from, or Scanner. If you   
					are unsure whether the program is compliant or you do not know what the command is   
					called, see the software program Help or documentation.   
					Start the scan from within the TWAIN-compliant program. See the software program   
					Help or documentation for information about the commands and steps to use.   
					Scan from a WIA-compliant program   
					Generally, a software program is WIA-compliant if it has a command such as Picture/   
					From Scanner or Camera in the Insert or File menu. If you are unsure whether the   
					program is compliant or you do not know what the command is called, see the   
					software program Help or documentation.   
					Start the scan from within the WIA-compliant program. See the software program Help   
					or documentation for information about the commands and steps to use.   
					38   
					Scan   
				Edit a scanned original   
					You can edit a scanned image using the HP Photosmart Software. You can also edit a   
					scanned document by using your Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software.   
					NOTE: To edit a scanned image, OCR software must be installed on your   
					computer.   
					• 
					• 
					Edit a scanned photo or graphic   
					Edit a scanned document using optical character recognition (OCR) software   
					Edit a scanned photo or graphic   
					You can edit a scanned photo or graphic using the HP Photosmart Software. Use this   
					software to adjust the brightness, contrast, color saturation, and more. You can also   
					rotate the image using the HP Photosmart Software.   
					For more information, see the onscreen HP Photosmart Software Help.   
					Edit a scanned document using optical character recognition (OCR) software   
					You can use OCR software to import scanned text into your preferred word-processing   
					program for editing. This allows you to edit letters, newspaper clippings, and many   
					other documents.   
					You can specify the word-processing program that you want to use for editing. If the   
					word-processing icon is not present or active, either you do not have word-processing   
					software installed on your computer, or the scanner software did not recognize the   
					program during the installation. See the onscreen Help for the HP photo and imaging   
					software for information about how to create a link to the word-processing program.   
					The OCR software does not support scanning colored text. Colored text is always   
					converted to black-and-white text before being sent to OCR. Thus, all text in the final   
					document is in black and white, regardless of the original color.   
					Because of the complexity of some word-processing programs and their interaction   
					with the device, it is sometimes preferable to scan to Wordpad (a Windows   
					accessory), and then cut and paste the text into the preferred word-processing   
					program.   
					Change scan settings   
					To change scan settings   
					• 
					HP Device Manager (Mac OS): Launch HP Device Manager, click Information   
					and Settings, and then select Scan Preferences from the drop-down list.   
					• 
					Windows: Open the device software, select Settings, select Scan Settings and   
					Preferences, then select from the available options and make your selections.   
					Cancel a scan job   
					To cancel a scan job, press Cancel on the device control panel.   
					39   
					Cancel a scan job   
				6 
					Fax   
					You can use the device to send and receive faxes, including color faxes. You can   
					schedule faxes to be sent at a later time and set up speed-dials to send faxes quickly   
					and easily to frequently used numbers. From the device control panel, you can also   
					set a number of fax options, such as resolution and the contrast between lightness   
					and darkness on the faxes you send.   
					If the device is directly connected to a computer, you can use the HP photo and   
					imaging software to perform fax procedures that are not available from the device   
					control panel. For more information, see Use the HP photo and imaging software.   
					NOTE: Before you begin faxing, make sure you have set up the device properly   
					for faxing. You might have already done this as part of the initial setup, by using   
					either the device control panel or the software that came with the device. You can   
					verify the fax is set up correctly by running the fax setup test from the device   
					control panel. To run the fax test, press Setup, select Tools, select Run fax test,   
					and then press OK.   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Send a fax   
					Receive a fax   
					Change fax settings   
					Fax over the Internet   
					Test fax setup   
					Use reports   
					Cancel a fax   
					Send a fax   
					You can send a fax in a variety of ways. Using the device control panel, you can send   
					a black-and-white or color fax. You can also send a fax manually from an attached   
					phone. This allows you to speak with the recipient before sending the fax.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Send a basic fax   
					Send a fax manually from a phone   
					Send a fax using monitor dialing   
					Send a fax from memory   
					Schedule a fax to send later   
					Send a fax to multiple recipients   
					Send a color original or photo fax   
					Change the fax resolution and Lighter / Darker settings   
					Send a fax in Error Correction Mode   
					40   
					Fax   
				Send a basic fax   
					You can easily send a single- or multiple-page black-and-white fax by using the device   
					control panel.   
					NOTE: If you need printed confirmation that your faxes were successfully sent,   
					enable fax confirmation before sending any faxes.   
					TIP: You can also send a fax manually from a phone or by using monitor dialing.   
					These features allow you to control the pace of your dialing. They are also useful   
					when you want to use a calling card to charge the call and you have to respond to   
					tone prompts while dialing.   
					NOTE: The Speed Dial and Redial buttons are only available with the HP   
					Officejet J4660 All-in-One.   
					To send a basic fax from the device control panel   
					1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load originals.   
					2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W or Fax Color, and then   
					press OK.   
					3. Enter the fax number by using the keypad, or by pressing Speed Dial or Redial to   
					redial the last number dialed (HP Officejet J4660).   
					TIP: To add a pause in the fax number you are entering, press Redial, or   
					press the * button repeatedly, until a dash (-) appears on the display.   
					NOTE: After entering a number, you can select a fax number from the speed   
					dial list. You can also select a number from the speed dial list, and then enter a   
					phone number after the number. You cannot enter a fax number that has more   
					than 50 characters.   
					4. Press Start.   
					If the device detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, it   
					sends the document to the number you entered.   
					TIP: If the recipient reports issues with the quality of the fax you sent, you can   
					try changing the resolution or contrast of your fax.   
					Send a fax manually from a phone   
					Sending a fax manually allows you to make a phone call and talk with the recipient   
					before you send the fax. This is useful if you want to inform the recipient that you are   
					going to send them a fax before sending it. When you send a fax manually, you can   
					hear the dial tones, telephone prompts, or other sounds through the handset on your   
					telephone. This makes it easy for you to use a calling card to send your fax.   
					Depending on how the recipient has their fax machine set up, the recipient might   
					answer the phone, or the fax machine might take the call. If a person answers the   
					phone, you can speak with the recipient before sending the fax. If a fax machine   
					41   
					Send a fax   
				Chapter 6   
					answers the call, you can send the fax directly to the fax machine when you hear the   
					fax tones from the receiving fax machine.   
					To send a fax manually from an extension phone   
					1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load originals.   
					2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W or Fax Color, and then   
					press OK.   
					3. Dial the number by using the keypad on the phone that is connected to the device.   
					NOTE: Do not use the keypad on the device control panel of the device when   
					manually sending a fax. You must use the keypad on your phone to dial the   
					recipient's number.   
					TIP: To switch between Fax B&W or Fax Color, press the Back button.   
					4. If the recipient answers the telephone, you can engage in a conversation before   
					sending your fax.   
					NOTE: If a fax machine answers the call, you will hear fax tones from the   
					receiving fax machine. Proceed to the next step to transmit the fax.   
					5. When you are ready to send the fax, press Start.   
					NOTE: If prompted, select Send Fax, and then place the original in the ADF.   
					If you were speaking with the recipient before sending the fax, inform the recipient   
					that they should press Start on their fax machine after they hear fax tones.   
					The telephone line is silent while the fax is transmitting. At this point, you can hang   
					up the telephone. If you want to continue speaking with the recipient, remain on   
					the line until the fax transmission is complete.   
					Send a fax using monitor dialing   
					Monitor dialing allows you to dial a number from the device control panel as you would   
					dial a regular telephone. When you send a fax using monitor dialing, you can hear the   
					dial tones, telephone prompts, or other sounds through the speakers on the device.   
					This enables you to respond to prompts while dialing, as well as control the pace of   
					your dialing.   
					TIP: If you do not enter your calling card PIN fast enough, the device might start   
					sending fax tones too soon and cause your PIN not to be recognized by the calling   
					card service. If this is the case, you can create a speed dial entry to store the PIN   
					for your calling card.   
					NOTE: Make sure the volume is turned on, or you will not hear a dial tone.   
					42   
					Fax   
				To send a fax using monitor dialing from the device control panel   
					1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load an original in the   
					automatic document feeder (ADF).   
					2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W or Fax Color, and then   
					press Start.   
					If the device detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, you will   
					hear a dial tone.   
					3. When you hear the dial tone, enter the number by using the keypad on the device   
					control panel.   
					4. Follow any prompts that might occur.   
					TIP: If you are using a calling card to send a fax and you have your calling   
					card PIN stored as a speed dial, when prompted to enter your PIN, press   
					Speed Dial to select the speed dial entry where you have your PIN stored.   
					Your fax is sent when the receiving fax machine answers.   
					Send a fax from memory   
					You can scan a black-and-white fax into memory and then send the fax from memory.   
					This feature is useful if the fax number you are trying to reach is busy or temporarily   
					unavailable. The device scans the originals into memory and sends them once it is   
					able to connect to the receiving fax machine. After the device scans the pages into   
					memory, you can immediately remove the originals from the document feeder tray.   
					NOTE: You can only send a black-and-white fax from memory.   
					To send a fax from memory   
					1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load originals.   
					2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W or Fax Color, and then   
					press OK.   
					3. Enter the fax number by using the keypad, press Speed Dial to select a speed   
					dial, or press Redial/Pause to redial the last number dialed.   
					4. Press right arrow until Fax Method appears, and then press OK.   
					5. Press right arrow until Scan & Fax appears, and then press OK.   
					6. Press Start.   
					The device scans the originals into memory and sends the fax when the receiving   
					fax machine is available.   
					Schedule a fax to send later   
					You can schedule a black-and-white fax to be sent within the next 24 hours. This   
					enables you to send a black-and-white fax late in the evening, when phone lines are   
					not as busy or phone rates are lower, for example. The device automatically sends   
					your fax at the specified time.   
					You can only schedule one fax to be sent at a time. You can continue to send faxes   
					normally, however, while a fax is scheduled.   
					NOTE: You can only send faxes in black and white due to memory limitations.   
					43   
					Send a fax   
				Chapter 6   
					To schedule a fax from the device control panel   
					1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load originals.   
					2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W or Fax Color, and then   
					press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow until Fax Method appears, and then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow until Send Fax Later appears, and then press OK.   
					5. Enter the send time by using the numeric keypad, and then press OK. If prompted,   
					use the arrow keys to select AM or PM.   
					6. Enter the fax number by using the keypad, press Speed Dial to select a speed   
					dial, or press Redial/Pause to redial the last number dialed.   
					7. Press Start.   
					The device scans all pages and the scheduled time appears on the display. The   
					fax is sent at the scheduled time.   
					To cancel a scheduled fax   
					1. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W or Fax Color, and then   
					press OK.   
					2. Press right arrow until Fax Method appears, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow until Normal Fax appears, and then press OK.   
					If there is a fax already scheduled, the Cancel prompt appears on the display.   
					4. Press 1 to select Yes.   
					NOTE: You can also cancel the scheduled fax by pressing Cancel on the   
					device control panel when the scheduled time is visible on the display.   
					Send a fax to multiple recipients   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					Send a fax to multiple recipients from the device control panel   
					• 
					Send a fax to multiple recipients from the device control panel   
					You can send a fax to multiple recipients at once by grouping individual speed dial   
					entries into group speed dial entries.   
					To send a fax to multiple recipients using group speed dial   
					1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load originals.   
					2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W, and then press OK.   
					44   
					Fax   
				3. Press the left arrow or right arrow until the appropriate group speed dial entry   
					appears.   
					TIP: You can also select a speed dial entry by entering its speed dial code   
					using the keypad on the device control panel or you can press the Speed Dial   
					button repeatedly (HP Officejet J4660 only).   
					4. Press Start.   
					If the device detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, it sends   
					the document to each number in the group speed dial entry.   
					NOTE: You can only use group speed dial entries to send faxes in black and   
					white, because of memory limitations. The device scans the fax into memory   
					then dials the first number. When a connection is made, it sends the fax and   
					dials the next number. If a number is busy or not answering, the device follows   
					the settings for Busy Redial and No Answer Redial. If a connection cannot be   
					made, the next number is dialed and an error report is generated.   
					Send a color original or photo fax   
					You can fax a color original or photo from the device. If it determines that the   
					recipient's fax machine only supports black-and-white faxes, the fax is sent in black   
					and white.   
					HP recommends that you use only color originals for color faxing.   
					To send a color original or photo fax from the device control panel   
					1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load originals.   
					2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax Color, and then press OK.   
					3. Enter the fax number by using the keypad, press Speed Dial to select a speed   
					dial, or press Redial/Pause to redial the last number dialed.   
					4. Press Start.   
					If the device detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, it sends   
					the document to the number you entered.   
					NOTE: If the recipient's fax machine only supports black-and-white faxes, the   
					HP All-in-One automatically sends the fax in black and white. A message   
					appears after the fax has been sent indicating that the fax was sent in black   
					and white. Press OK to clear the message.   
					Change the fax resolution and Lighter / Darker settings   
					You can change the Resolution and Lighter / Darker settings for documents that you   
					are faxing.   
					NOTE: These settings do not affect copy settings. Copy quality and lightness/   
					darkness are set independently from fax resolution and lightness/darkness. Also,   
					the settings that you change from the device control panel do not affect faxes you   
					send from your computer.   
					45   
					Send a fax   
				Chapter 6   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Change the fax resolution   
					Change the Lighter / Darker setting   
					Set new default settings   
					Change the fax resolution   
					The Resolution setting affects the transmission speed and quality of faxed black-and-   
					white documents. If the receiving fax machine does not support the resolution you   
					have chosen, the HP All-in-One sends faxes at the highest resolution supported by the   
					receiving fax machine.   
					NOTE: You can only change the resolution for faxes that you are sending in black   
					and white. The device sends all color faxes using Fine resolution.   
					The following resolution settings are available for sending faxes: Fine, Very Fine,   
					Photo, and Standard.   
					• 
					Fine: provides high-quality text suitable for faxing most documents. This is the   
					default setting. When sending faxes in color, the device always uses the Fine   
					setting.   
					• 
					Very Fine: provides the best quality fax when you are faxing documents with very   
					fine detail. If you choose Very Fine, be aware that the faxing process takes longer   
					to complete and you can only send black-and-white faxes using this resolution. If   
					you send a color fax, it will be sent using Fine resolution instead.   
					• 
					• 
					Photo: provides the best quality fax when sending photographs in black and white.   
					If you choose Photo, be aware that the faxing process takes longer to complete.   
					When faxing photographs in black and white, HP recommends that you choose   
					Photo.   
					Standard: provides the fastest possible fax transmission with the lowest quality.   
					When you exit the Fax menu, this option returns to the default setting unless you set   
					your changes as the default.   
					To change the resolution from the device control panel   
					1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load originals.   
					2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W, and then press OK.   
					3. Enter the fax number by using the keypad, press Speed Dial to select a speed   
					dial, or press Redial/Pause to redial the last number dialed.   
					4. Press right arrow until Resolution appears, and then press OK.   
					5. Press right arrow to select a resolution setting, and then press OK.   
					6. Press Start.   
					If the device detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, it sends   
					the document to the number you entered.   
					Change the Lighter / Darker setting   
					You can change the contrast of a fax to be darker or lighter than the original. This   
					feature is useful if you are faxing a document that is faded, washed out, or   
					handwritten. You can darken the original by adjusting the contrast.   
					46   
					Fax   
				NOTE: The Lighter / Darker setting applies to black-and-white faxes only, not   
					color faxes.   
					When you exit the Fax menu, this option returns to the default setting unless you set   
					your changes as the default.   
					To change the Lighter / Darker setting from the device control panel   
					1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load originals.   
					2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W, and then press OK.   
					3. Enter the fax number by using the keypad, press Speed Dial to select a speed   
					dial, or press Redial/Pause to redial the last number dialed.   
					4. Press right arrow until Lighter / Darker appears, and then press OK.   
					5. Press the left arrow to lighten the fax or press right arrow to darken it, and   
					then press OK.   
					The indicator moves to the left or right as you press an arrow button.   
					6. Press Start.   
					If the device detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, it sends   
					the document to the number you entered.   
					Set new default settings   
					You can change the default value for the Resolution and Lighter / Darker settings   
					through the device control panel.   
					To set new default settings from the device control panel   
					1. Make changes to the Resolution and Lighter / Darker fax settings, and then   
					press OK.   
					2. Press right arrow until Set As Default appears, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow until Yes appears, and then press OK.   
					Send a fax in Error Correction Mode   
					Error Correction Mode (ECM) prevents loss of data due to poor phone lines by   
					detecting errors that occur during transmission and automatically requesting   
					retransmission of the erroneous portion. Phone charges are unaffected, or might even   
					be reduced, on good phone lines. On poor phone lines, ECM increases sending time   
					and phone charges, but sends the data much more reliably. The default setting is On.   
					Turn ECM off only if it increases phone charges substantially, and you can accept   
					poorer quality in exchange for reduced charges.   
					Before turning the ECM setting off, consider the following. If you turn ECM off   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					The quality and transmission speed of faxes you send and receive are affected.   
					The Fax Speed is automatically set to Medium.   
					You will no longer be able to send or receive faxes in color.   
					To change the ECM setting from the device control panel   
					1. Press Setup.   
					2. Press right arrow until Fax Settings appears, and then press OK.   
					47   
					Send a fax   
				Chapter 6   
					3. Press right arrow until Error Correction Mode appears, and then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow to select On or Off, and then press OK.   
					Receive a fax   
					You can receive faxes automatically or manually. If you turn off the Auto Answer   
					option, you must receive faxes manually. If you turn on the Auto Answer option (the   
					default setting), the device automatically answers incoming calls and receives faxes   
					after the number of rings that are specified by the Rings to Answer setting. (The   
					default Rings to Answer setting is five rings.)   
					If you receive a legal-size fax and the device is not currently set to use legal-size   
					paper, the device reduces the fax so that it fits on the paper that is loaded. If you have   
					disabled the Automatic Reduction feature, the device prints the fax on two pages.   
					NOTE: If you are copying a document when a fax arrives, the fax is stored in the   
					device memory until the copying finishes. This can reduce the number of fax pages   
					stored in memory.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Receive a fax manually   
					Set up backup fax   
					Reprint received faxes from memory   
					Poll to receive a fax   
					Forward faxes to another number   
					Set the paper size for received faxes   
					Set automatic reduction for incoming faxes   
					Block junk fax numbers   
					Receive faxes to your computer   
					Receive a fax manually   
					When you are on the phone, the person you are speaking with can send you a fax   
					while you are still connected. This is referred to as manual faxing. Use the instructions   
					in this section to receive a manual fax.   
					NOTE: You can pick up the handset to talk or listen for fax tones.   
					You can receive faxes manually from a phone that is:   
					• 
					• 
					Directly connected to the device (on the 2-EXT port)   
					On the same phone line, but not directly connected to the device   
					To receive a fax manually   
					1. Make sure the device is turned on and you have paper loaded in the main tray.   
					2. Remove any originals from the document feeder tray.   
					3. Set the Rings to Answer setting to a high number to allow you to answer the   
					incoming call before the device answers. Or, turn off the Auto Answer setting so   
					that the device does not automatically answer incoming calls.   
					48   
					Fax   
				4. If you are currently on the phone with the sender, instruct the sender to press Start   
					on their fax machine.   
					5. When you hear fax tones from a sending fax machine, do the following:   
					a. Press the left arrow or the right arrow to select Fax B&W or Color fax.   
					b. Press Start.   
					c. After the device begins to receive the fax, you can hang up the phone or   
					remain on the line. The phone line is silent during fax transmission.   
					Set up backup fax   
					Depending on your preference and security requirements, you can set up the device to   
					store all the faxes it receives, only the faxes it receives while the device is in an error   
					condition, or none of the faxes it receives.   
					The following Backup fax modes are available:   
					On   
					The default setting. When Backup fax is On, the device stores all   
					received faxes in memory. This enables you to reprint up to eight of the   
					most recently printed faxes if they are still saved in memory.   
					NOTE: When device memory is low, it overwrites the oldest, printed   
					faxes as it receives new faxes. If the memory becomes full of unprinted   
					faxes, the device stops answering incoming fax calls.   
					NOTE: If you receive a fax that is too large, such as a very detailed   
					color photo, it might not be stored in memory due to memory limitations.   
					On Error Only   
					Causes the device to store faxes in memory only if an error condition   
					exists that prevents the device from printing the faxes (for example, if the   
					device runs out of paper). The device continues to store incoming faxes   
					as long as there is memory available. (If the memory becomes full, the   
					device stops answering incoming fax calls.) When the error condition is   
					resolved, the faxes stored in memory print automatically, and then they   
					are deleted from memory.   
					Off   
					Faxes are never stored in memory. For example, you might want to turn   
					off Backup fax for security purposes. If an error condition occurs that   
					prevents the device from printing (for example, the device runs out of   
					paper), the device stops answering incoming fax calls.   
					NOTE: If Backup fax is enabled and you turn off the device, all faxes stored in   
					memory are deleted, including any unprinted faxes that you might have received   
					while the device was in an error condition. You must contact the senders to ask   
					them to resend any unprinted faxes. For a list of the faxes you have received, print   
					the Fax Log. The Fax Log is not deleted when the device is turned off.   
					To set backup fax from the device control panel   
					1. Press Setup.   
					2. Press right arrow until Tools appears, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow until Backup fax appears, and then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow to select On, On Error Only, or Off.   
					5. Press OK.   
					49   
					Receive a fax   
				Chapter 6   
					Reprint received faxes from memory   
					If you set the Backup fax mode to On, the received faxes are stored in memory,   
					whether the device has an error condition or not.   
					NOTE: After the memory becomes full, the oldest, printed faxes are overwritten   
					as new faxes are received. If all the stored faxes are unprinted, the device does   
					not receive any fax calls until you print or delete the faxes from memory. You might   
					also want to delete the faxes in memory for security or privacy purposes.   
					Depending on the sizes of the faxes in memory, you can reprint up to eight of the most   
					recently printed faxes, if they are still in memory. For example, you might need to   
					reprint your faxes if you lost the copy of your last printout.   
					To reprint faxes in memory from the device control panel   
					1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the main tray.   
					2. Press Setup.   
					3. Press right arrow until Print Report appears, and then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow until Reprint Faxes appears, and then press OK.   
					The faxes are printed in the reverse order from which they were received with the   
					most recently received fax printed first, and so on.   
					5. Press Start.   
					6. If you want to stop reprinting the faxes in memory, press Cancel.   
					To delete all the faxes in memory from the device control panel   
					Ÿ Turn off the device by pressing the Power button.   
					All faxes stored in memory are deleted from memory when you turn off the power.   
					Poll to receive a fax   
					Polling allows the HP All-in-One to ask another fax machine to send a fax that it has in   
					its queue. When you use the Poll to Receive feature, the HP All-in-One calls the   
					designated fax machine and requests the fax from it. The designated fax machine   
					must be set for polling and have a fax ready to send.   
					NOTE: The HP All-in-One does not support polling pass codes. Polling pass   
					codes are a security feature that require the receiving fax machine to provide a   
					pass code to the device it is polling in order to receive the fax. Make sure the   
					device you are polling does not have a pass code set up (or has not changed the   
					default pass code) or the HP All-in-One will not be able to receive the fax.   
					To set up poll to receive a fax from the device control panel   
					1. Press the left arrow or the right arrow to select Fax B&W or Color fax, and   
					then press OK.   
					2. Press right arrow until Fax Method appears, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow until Poll to Receive appears, and then press OK.   
					50   
					Fax   
				4. Enter the fax number of the other fax machine.   
					5. Press Start.   
					NOTE: If you selected Color Fax but the sender sent the fax in black and   
					white, the device prints the fax in black and white.   
					Forward faxes to another number   
					You can set up the device to forward your faxes to another fax number. A received   
					color fax is forwarded in black and white.   
					HP recommends that you verify the number you are forwarding to is a working fax line.   
					Send a test fax to make sure the fax machine is able to receive your forwarded faxes.   
					To forward faxes from the device control panel   
					1. Press Setup.   
					2. Press right arrow until Fax Settings appears, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow until Fax Forwarding appears, and then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow until On appears, and then press OK.   
					NOTE: If the device is not able to forward the fax to the designated fax   
					machine (for example, if it is not turned on), the device prints the fax. If you set   
					up the device to print error reports for received faxes, it will also print an error   
					report.   
					5. At the prompt, enter the number of the fax machine that will receive the forwarded   
					faxes, and then press OK.   
					Fax Forwarding appears on the device control panel display.   
					If the device loses power when Fax Forwarding is set up, it saves the Fax   
					Forwarding setting and phone number. When the power is restored to the device,   
					the Fax Forwarding setting is still On.   
					NOTE: You can cancel fax forwarding by pressing Cancel on the device   
					control panel when the Fax Forwarding message is visible on the display, or   
					you can select Off from the Fax Fwd, Black menu.   
					Set the paper size for received faxes   
					You can select the paper size for received faxes. The paper size you select should   
					match what is loaded in your main tray. Faxes can be printed on letter, A4, or legal   
					paper only.   
					NOTE: If an incorrect paper size is loaded in the main tray when you receive a   
					fax, the fax does not print and an error message appears on the display. Load   
					letter, A4, or legal paper, and then press OK to print the fax.   
					To set the paper size for received faxes from the device control panel   
					1. Press Setup.   
					2. Press right arrow until Fax Settings appears, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow until Paper Options appears, and then press OK.   
					51   
					Receive a fax   
				Chapter 6   
					4. Press right arrow until Fax Paper Size appears, and then press OK.   
					5. Press right arrow to select an option, and then press OK.   
					Set automatic reduction for incoming faxes   
					The Automatic Reduction setting determines what the HP All-in-One does if it   
					receives a fax that is too large for the default paper size. This setting is turned on by   
					default, so the image of the incoming fax is reduced to fit on one page, if possible. If   
					this feature is turned off, information that does not fit on the first page is printed on a   
					second page. Automatic Reduction is useful when you receive a legal-size fax and   
					letter-size paper is loaded in the main tray.   
					To set automatic reduction from the device control panel   
					1. Press Setup.   
					2. Press right arrow until Fax Settings appears, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow until Paper Options appears, and then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow until Auto Fax Resize appears, and then press OK.   
					5. Press right arrow to select Off or On.   
					6. Press OK.   
					Block junk fax numbers   
					If you subscribe to a caller ID service through your phone provider, you can block   
					specific fax numbers so the device does not print faxes received from those numbers.   
					When an incoming fax call is received, the device compares the number to the list of   
					junk fax numbers to determine if the call should be blocked. If the number matches a   
					number in the blocked fax numbers list, the fax is not printed. (The maximum number   
					of fax numbers you can block varies by model.)   
					NOTE: This feature is not supported in all countries/regions. If it is not supported   
					in your country/region, Junk Fax Blocker does not appear in the Fax Settings   
					menu.   
					NOTE: If no phone numbers are added in the Caller ID list, it is assumed that the   
					user has not signed up for the Caller ID service with the phone company.   
					• 
					• 
					Add numbers to the junk fax list   
					Remove numbers from the junk fax list   
					Add numbers to the junk fax list   
					You can block specific numbers by adding them to the junk fax list.   
					To manually enter a number to block   
					1. Press Setup.   
					2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow to select Junk Fax Blocker, and then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow to select Add, and then press OK.   
					52   
					Fax   
				5. To select a fax number to block from the caller ID list, select Select no.   
					- or -   
					To manually enter a fax number to block, select Enter no.   
					6. After entering a fax number to block, press OK.   
					Make sure you enter the fax number as it appears on the control-panel display,   
					and not the fax number that appears on the fax header of the received fax, as   
					these numbers can be different.   
					7. When the Enter Another? prompt appears, do one of the following:   
					• 
					If you want to add another number to the list of junk fax numbers, press   
					Yes, and then repeat step 5 for each number you want to block.   
					• 
					If you are done, press No.   
					Remove numbers from the junk fax list   
					If you no longer want to block a fax number, you can remove a number from your junk   
					fax list.   
					To remove numbers from the list of junk fax numbers   
					1. Press Setup.   
					2. Press Fax Settings, and then press OK.   
					3. Press Junk Fax Blocker, and then press OK.   
					4. Press Delete, and then press OK.   
					5. Press the right arrow button to scroll through the numbers you have blocked.   
					When the number you want to remove appears, press OK to select it.   
					6. When the Delete Another? prompt appears, do one of the following:   
					• 
					If you want to remove another number from the list of junk fax numbers,   
					press Yes, and then repeat step 5 for each number you no longer want to block.   
					• 
					If you are done, press No.   
					Receive faxes to your computer   
					Use Fax to PC to automatically receive faxes and save faxes directly to your   
					computer. With Fax to PC, you can store digital copies of your faxes easily and also   
					eliminate the hassle of dealing with bulky paper files. Received faxes are saved as   
					TIFF (Tagged Image File Format). Once the fax is received, you get a notification with   
					a link to the folder where the fax is saved.   
					The files are named in the following method: XXXX_YYYYYYYY_ZZZZZZ.tif, where X   
					is the sender's information, Y is the date, and Z is the time that the fax was received.   
					NOTE: Fax to PC is available for receiving black-and-white faxes only. Color   
					faxes are printed instead of being saved to the computer.   
					NOTE: Fax to PC is only supported on Windows.   
					NOTE: Faxes stored in the device memory will be lost if power is lost.   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					Activate Fax to PC   
					Modify Fax to PC settings   
					53   
					Receive a fax   
				Chapter 6   
					Activate Fax to PC   
					Use the Fax to PC Setup Wizard to activate Fax to PC. The Fax to PC Setup Wizard   
					can be started from the Solution Center.   
					NOTE: If you turn on Fax to PC, make sure the Backup Fax Reception is set to   
					"On".   
					Fax to PC requirements:   
					• 
					The administrator program, the computer that activated the Fax to PC feature,   
					must be on at all times. Only one computer can act as the Fax to PC administrator   
					computer.   
					• 
					The destination folder's computer or server, if different than the Fax to PC   
					administrator computer, must be on at all times. The destination computer must   
					also be awake, faxes will not be saved if the computer is asleep or in hibernate   
					mode.   
					• 
					• 
					HP Digital Imaging monitor in Windows Taskbar must be on at all times.   
					Paper must be loaded in the input tray.   
					To start the Fax to PC Setup Wizard from the Solution Center   
					1. Open the Solution Center. For more information, see Use the HP Solution Center   
					(Windows).   
					2. Select Settings, and then select Fax to PC Setup Wizard.   
					3. Follow the onscreen instructions to set up Fax to PC.   
					Modify Fax to PC settings   
					You can update the Fax to PC settings from your computer at any time from the Fax   
					settings page in the Solution Center. You can turn off Fax to PC and disable printing   
					faxes from the device control panel.   
					To modify Fax to PC settings from the device control panel   
					1. Press the Setup button, select Fax Settings, and then Fax to PC.   
					2. Select the setting that you want to change. You can change the following settings:   
					• 
					View PC hostname: View the name of the computer that is set up to   
					administer Fax to PC.   
					• 
					Turn Off: Turn off Fax to PC.   
					NOTE: Use the Solution Center to turn on Fax to PC.   
					• 
					Disable Fax Print: Choose this option to print faxes as they are received. If   
					you turn off printing, color faxes will still print.   
					NOTE: Because color faxes are not saved to the computer, color faxes   
					are still printed. However, some multi-page color faxes may be too large for   
					the device memory.   
					54   
					Fax   
				To modify Fax to PC settings from the Solution Center   
					1. Open the Solution Center. For more information, see Use the HP Solution Center   
					(Windows).   
					2. Select Settings, and then select Fax Settings.   
					3. Select the Fax to PC Settings tab.   
					4. Make any changes to the settings you want to modify. Press OK.   
					NOTE: Any changes you make will overwrite the original settings.   
					Change fax settings   
					After completing the steps in the getting started guide that came with the device, use   
					the following steps to change the initial settings or to configure other options for faxing.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Configure the fax header   
					Set the answer mode (Auto answer)   
					Set the number of rings before answering   
					Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring   
					Set the fax error correction mode   
					Set the dial type   
					Set the redial options   
					Set the fax speed   
					Configure the fax header   
					The fax header prints your name and fax number on the top of every fax you send. HP   
					recommends that you set up the fax header by using the software that you installed   
					with the device. You can also set up the fax header from the device control panel, as   
					described here.   
					NOTE: In some countries/regions, the fax header information is a legal   
					requirement.   
					To set or change the fax header   
					1. Press Setup.   
					2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow to select Fax Header, and then press OK.   
					4. Enter your personal or company name using the numeric keypad, and then press OK.   
					5. Enter your fax number by using the numeric keypad, and then press OK.   
					55   
					Change fax settings   
				Chapter 6   
					Set the answer mode (Auto answer)   
					The answer mode determines whether the device answers incoming calls.   
					• 
					Turn on the Auto Answer setting if you want the device to answer faxes   
					automatically. The device answers all incoming calls and faxes.   
					• 
					Turn off the Auto Answer setting if you want to receive faxes manually. You must   
					be available to respond in person to the incoming fax call or the device does not   
					receive faxes.   
					To set the answer mode to manual or automatic via the device control panel   
					1. Press Setup.   
					2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow to select Answer Options, and then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow to select Auto Answer, and then press OK.   
					5. Press right arrow to select On or Off as appropriate for your setup, and then   
					press OK.   
					When Auto Answer is On, the device answers calls automatically. When Auto   
					Answer is Off, it does not answer calls.   
					Set the number of rings before answering   
					If you turn on the Auto Answer setting, you can specify how many rings occur before   
					incoming calls are automatically answered.   
					The Rings to Answer setting is important if you have an answering machine on the   
					same phone line as the device, because you want the answering machine to answer   
					the phone before the device does. The number of rings to answer for the device   
					should be greater than the number of rings to answer for the answering machine.   
					For example, set your answering machine to a low number of rings and the device to   
					answer in the maximum number of rings. (The maximum number of rings varies by   
					country/region.) In this setup, the answering machine answers the call and the device   
					monitors the line. If the device detects fax tones, it receives the fax. If the call is a   
					voice call, the answering machine records the incoming message.   
					To set the number of rings before answering via the device control panel   
					1. Press Setup.   
					2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow to select Answer Options, and then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow to select Rings to Answer, and then press OK.   
					5. Enter the appropriate number of rings by using the keypad, or press left arrow or   
					right arrow to change the number of rings.   
					6. Press OK to accept the setting.   
					Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring   
					Many phone companies offer a distinctive ring feature that allows you to have several   
					phone numbers on one phone line. When you subscribe to this service, each number   
					is assigned a different ring pattern. You can set up the device to answer incoming calls   
					that have a specific ring pattern.   
					56   
					Fax   
				If you connect the device to a line with distinctive ring, have your telephone company   
					assign one ring pattern to voice calls and another ring pattern to fax calls. HP   
					recommends that you request double or triple rings for a fax number. When the device   
					detects the specified ring pattern, it answers the call and receives the fax.   
					If you do not have a distinctive ring service, use the default ring pattern, which is All   
					Rings.   
					NOTE: The HP fax cannot receive faxes when the main phone number is off the   
					hook.   
					To change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring via the device control panel   
					1. Verify that the device is set to answer fax calls automatically.   
					2. Press Setup.   
					3. Press right arrow to select Basic Settings, and then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow to select Ring Pattern, and then press OK.   
					When the phone rings with the ring pattern assigned to your fax line, the device   
					answers the call and receives the fax.   
					Set the fax error correction mode   
					Typically, the device monitors the signals on the phone line while it is sending or   
					receiving a fax. If it detects an error signal during the transmission and the error-   
					correction setting is on, the device can request that a portion of the fax be resent.   
					Turn off error correction only if you are having trouble sending or receiving a fax, and   
					you want to accept the errors in the transmission. Turning off the setting might be   
					useful when you are trying to send a fax to another country/region or receive a fax   
					from another country/region, or if you are using a satellite phone connection.   
					To set the fax error-correction mode   
					1. Press Setup.   
					2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow to select Error Correction, and then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow to select On or Off, and then press OK.   
					Set the dial type   
					Use this procedure to set tone-dialing or pulse-dialing mode. The factory-set default is   
					Tone. Do not change the setting unless you know that your phone line cannot use   
					tone dialing.   
					NOTE: The pulse-dialing option is not available in all countries/regions.   
					To set the dial type   
					1. Press Setup.   
					2. Press right arrow to select Basic Settings, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow to select Tone or Pulse, and then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow to select the appropriate option, and then press OK.   
					57   
					Change fax settings   
				Chapter 6   
					Set the redial options   
					If the device was unable to send a fax because the receiving fax machine did not   
					answer or was busy, the device attempts to redial based on the settings for the busy-   
					redial and no-answer-redial options. Use the following procedure to turn the options on   
					or off.   
					• 
					Busy redial: If this option is turned on, the device redials automatically if it   
					receives a busy signal. The factory-set default for this option is ON.   
					• 
					No answer redial: If this option is turned on, the device redials automatically if the   
					receiving fax machine does not answer. The factory-set default for this option is OFF.   
					To set the redial options   
					1. Press Setup.   
					2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow to select Redial Options, and then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow to select the appropriate Busy Redial or No Answer Redial   
					options, and then press OK.   
					Set the fax speed   
					You can set the fax speed used to communicate between your device and other fax   
					machines when sending and receiving faxes. The default fax speed is Fast.   
					If you use one of the following, setting the fax speed to a slower speed might be   
					required:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					An Internet phone service   
					A PBX system   
					Fax over Internet Protocol (FoIP)   
					An integrated services digital network (ISDN) service   
					If you experience problems sending and receiving faxes, you might want to try setting   
					the Fax Speed setting to Medium or Slow. The following table provides the available   
					fax speed settings.   
					Fax speed setting   
					Fast   
					Fax speed   
					v.34 (33600 baud)   
					v.17 (14400 baud)   
					v.29 (9600 baud)   
					Medium   
					Slow   
					To set the fax speed from the device control panel   
					1. Press Setup.   
					2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow to select Fax Speed, and then press OK.   
					4. Select an option using the arrow keys, and then press OK.   
					58   
					Fax   
				Fax over the Internet   
					You may subscribe to a low cost phone service that allows you to send and receive   
					faxes with your device by using the Internet. This method is called Fax over Internet   
					Protocol (FoIP). You probably use a FoIP service (provided by your telephone   
					company) if you:   
					• 
					• 
					Dial a special access code along with the fax number, or   
					Have an IP converter box that connects to the Internet and provides analog phone   
					ports for the fax connection.   
					NOTE: You can only send and receive faxes by connecting a phone cord to the   
					port labeled "1-LINE" on the device. This means that your connection to the   
					Internet must be done either through a converter box (which supplies regular   
					analog phone jacks for fax connections) or your telephone company.   
					Some Internet faxing services do not work properly when the device is sending and   
					receiving faxes at high speed (33600bps). If you experience problems sending and   
					receiving faxes while using an Internet fax service, use a slower fax speed. You can   
					do this by changing the Fax Speed setting from High (the default) to Medium. For   
					information on changing this setting, see Set the fax speed.   
					If you have questions about internet faxing, contact your internet faxing services   
					support department.   
					Test fax setup   
					You can test your fax setup to check the status of the device and to make sure it is set   
					up properly for faxing. Perform this test after you have completed setting up the device   
					for faxing. The test does the following:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Tests the fax hardware   
					Verifies the correct type of phone cord is connected to the device   
					Checks that the phone cord is plugged into the correct port   
					Checks for a dial tone   
					Checks for an active phone line   
					Tests the status of your phone line connection   
					The device prints a report with the results of the test. If the test fails, review the report   
					for information on how to fix the problem and rerun the test.   
					To test fax setup   
					1. Set up the device for faxing according to your particular home or office setup   
					instructions.   
					2. Make sure the ink cartridges are installed, and that full-size paper is loaded in the   
					main tray before starting the test.   
					3. From the device control panel, press Setup.   
					4. Press right arrow to select Tools, and then press OK.   
					59   
					Test fax setup   
				Chapter 6   
					5. Press right arrow to select Run Fax Test, and then press OK.   
					The device displays the status of the test on the display and prints a report.   
					6. Review the report.   
					• 
					If the test passes and you are still having problems faxing, check the fax   
					settings listed in the report to verify the settings are correct. A blank or   
					incorrect fax setting can cause problems faxing.   
					• 
					If the test fails, review the report for more information on how to fix any   
					problems found.   
					Use reports   
					You can set up the device to print error reports and confirmation reports automatically   
					for each fax you send and receive. You can also manually print system reports as   
					required; these reports provide useful system information about the device.   
					By default, the device is set to print a report only if there is a problem sending or   
					receiving a fax. A confirmation message that indicates whether a fax was successfully   
					sent appears briefly on the control-panel display after each transaction.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Print fax confirmation reports   
					Print fax error reports   
					Print and view the fax log   
					Print fax confirmation reports   
					If you require printed confirmation that your faxes were successfully sent, follow these   
					instructions to enable fax confirmation before sending any faxes. Select either On Fax   
					Send or Send & Receive.   
					The default fax confirmation setting is Off. This means that a confirmation report is not   
					printed for each fax sent or received. A confirmation message indicating whether a fax   
					was successfully sent appears briefly on the control-panel display after each   
					transaction.   
					To enable fax confirmation   
					1. Press Setup.   
					2. Press right arrow to select Print Report, and then press OK.   
					60   
					Fax   
				3. Press right arrow to select Fax Confirmation, and then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow to select one of the following, and then press OK.   
					Off   
					Does not print a fax confirmation report when you send and receive   
					faxes successfully. This is the default setting.   
					On Fax Send   
					Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you send.   
					Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you receive.   
					Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you send and receive.   
					On Fax Receive   
					Send & Receive   
					TIP: If you choose On Fax Send or Send & Receive, and scan your fax to   
					send from memory, you can include an image of the first page of the fax on the   
					Fax Sent Confirmation report. Press Setup, press Fax Confirmation, and   
					then press On Fax Send again. Select On from the Image on Fax Send   
					Report menu.   
					Print fax error reports   
					You can configure the device so that it automatically prints a report when there is an   
					error during transmission or reception.   
					To set the device to print fax error reports automatically   
					1. Press Setup.   
					2. Press right arrow to select Print Report, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow to select Fax Error, and then press OK.   
					4. Press right arrow to select one of the following, and then press OK.   
					Send & Receive   
					Off   
					Prints whenever a fax error occurs. This is the default setting.   
					Does not print any fax error reports.   
					On Fax Send   
					On Fax Receive   
					Prints whenever a transmission error occurs.   
					Prints whenever a receiving error occurs.   
					Print and view the fax log   
					The logs list faxes that have been sent from the device control panel and all faxes that   
					have been received.   
					You can print a log of faxes that have been received and sent by the device. Each   
					entry in the log contains the following information:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Transmission date and time   
					Type (whether received or sent)   
					Fax number   
					Duration   
					Number of pages   
					Result (status) of transmission   
					61   
					Use reports   
				Chapter 6   
					To view the fax log from the HP photo and imaging software   
					1. At the computer, open the HP photo and imaging software. For more information,   
					see Use the HP photo and imaging software.   
					2. See the onscreen Help for the HP photo and imaging software for further   
					instructions.   
					The log lists faxes that have been sent from the device control panel and the HP   
					photo and imaging software and all faxes that have been received.   
					To print the fax log from the device control panel   
					1. Press Setup.   
					2. Press right arrow to select Print Report, and then press OK.   
					3. Press right arrow to select Fax Log, and then press OK.   
					4. Press OK again to print the log.   
					Cancel a fax   
					You can cancel a fax you are sending or receiving at any time.   
					To cancel a fax   
					Ÿ Press Cancel on the device control panel to stop a fax you are sending or   
					receiving. If the device does not stop faxing, press Cancel again.   
					The device prints any pages it has already started printing and then cancels the   
					remainder of the fax. This can take a few moments.   
					To cancel a number you are dialing   
					Ÿ Press Cancel to cancel a number you are currently dialing.   
					62   
					Fax   
				7 Configure and manage   
					This section is intended for the administrator or individual who is responsible for   
					managing the device. This section contains information about the following topics.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Manage the device   
					Use device management tools   
					Understand the self-test report   
					Set up faxing for the device   
					Configure the device (Windows)   
					Configure the device (Mac OS)   
					Uninstall and reinstall the software   
					Manage the device   
					The following, common tools can be used to manage the device. For information about   
					accessing and using the tools, see Use device management tools.   
					NOTE: Specific procedures might include other methods.   
					Windows   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Device control panel   
					Printer driver   
					Toolbox   
					Mac OS   
					• 
					• 
					Device control panel   
					HP Printer Utility   
					• 
					• 
					Monitor the device   
					Administer the device   
					Monitor the device   
					This section provides instructions for monitoring the device.   
					Use this tool...   
					to obtain the following information...   
					Device control panel   
					Obtain information about the status of jobs   
					that are being processed, the operating status   
					of the device, and the status of ink cartridges.   
					Toolbox (Windows)   
					Ink cartridge information: Click the   
					Estimated Ink Levels tab to view the ink-   
					level information, and then scroll to display   
					the Cartridge Details button. Click the   
					Cartridge Details button to view information   
					about replacement ink cartridges.*   
					Configure and manage   
					63   
				Chapter 7   
					(continued)   
					Use this tool...   
					to obtain the following information...   
					HP Printer Utility (Mac OS)   
					Ink cartridge information: Open the   
					Information and Support panel and click   
					Supplies Status. *   
					* Ink level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only.   
					When you receive a low-ink warning message, consider having a replacement   
					cartridge available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the   
					ink cartridges until print quality becomes unacceptable.   
					Administer the device   
					This section provides information about administering the device and modifying   
					settings.   
					Use this tool...   
					to do the following...   
					Device control panel   
					Language and country/region: Press Setup,   
					select Basic Settings, and then select Set   
					Langugage.   
					• 
					• 
					Set the date and time: Press Setup, press   
					Basic Settings, and then press Date and Time.   
					Perform device maintenance tasks: Click the   
					Device Services tab.   
					Toolbox (Windows)   
					HP Printer Utility (Mac OS)   
					Change tray settings: Click Paper Handling   
					from the Printer Settings panel.   
					• 
					• 
					Perform device maintenance tasks: Open   
					the Information and Support panel, and then   
					click the option for the task that you want to   
					perform.   
					Use device management tools   
					• 
					Toolbox (Windows)   
					• 
					HP Printer Utility (Mac OS)   
					Toolbox (Windows)   
					The Toolbox provides maintenance information about the device.   
					NOTE: The Toolbox can be installed from the Starter CD by selecting the full   
					installation option if the computer meets the system requirements.   
					• 
					• 
					Open the Toolbox   
					Toolbox tabs   
					64   
					Configure and manage   
				Open the Toolbox   
					• 
					From the HP Solution Center, click the Settings menu, point to Print Settings,   
					and then click Printer Toolbox.   
					• 
					Right-click the HP Digital Imaging Monitor in the taskbar, point to Printer Model   
					Name and then click Display Printer Toolbox.   
					Toolbox tabs   
					The Toolbox contains the following tabs.   
					Tabs   
					Contents   
					Estimated Ink Level   
					Ink Level Information: Shows estimated ink   
					level for each cartridge.   
					• 
					NOTE: Ink level warnings and indicators   
					provide estimates for planning purposes only.   
					When you receive a low-ink warning message,   
					consider having a replacement cartridge   
					available to avoid possible printing delays. You   
					do not need to replace the ink cartridges until   
					print quality becomes unacceptable.   
					Shop Online: Provides access to a Web site   
					from which you can order printing supplies for   
					the device online.   
					• 
					• 
					Order by Phone: Shows telephone numbers   
					that you can call to order supplies for the   
					device. Telephone numbers are not available   
					for all countries/regions.   
					Cartridge Details: Shows order numbers and   
					expiration dates of the installed ink cartridges.   
					• 
					Information   
					Printer Information: Shows the device hardware.   
					Information tab options include:   
					Hardware information   
					Device Services   
					Print a Diagnostic Page: Allows you to print a   
					report that gives device information, including   
					connection type, errors, and firmware   
					information.   
					• 
					• 
					Print a Test Page: Allows you to print the self-   
					test report of the device. This page contains   
					information about the device and ink   
					cartridges. For more information, see   
					Understand the self-test report.   
					Align the Ink Cartridges: Guides you through   
					aligning the ink cartridges. For more   
					information, see Align the ink cartridges.   
					• 
					• 
					Clean the Ink Cartridges: Guides you through   
					cleaning the ink cartridgeys. For more   
					information, see Clean the ink cartridges.   
					Back of Page Smear Cleaning: Cleans the   
					ribs of the device if ink is smearing on the page.   
					• 
					• 
					Paper Feed Cleaning: Cleans the paper   
					rollers of the device.   
					Use device management tools   
					65   
				Chapter 7   
					HP Printer Utility (Mac OS)   
					The HP Printer Utility contains tools to configure print settings, calibrate the device,   
					order supplies online, and find Web site support information.   
					• 
					• 
					Open the HP Printer Utility   
					HP Printer Utility panels   
					Open the HP Printer Utility   
					To open the HP Printer Utility from the Desktop   
					1. From the Finder, select Computer from the Go menu.   
					2. Select the computer's hard disk, select Library, and then select Printers.   
					3. Select HP, select Utilities, and then select HP Printer Selector.   
					4. Select the device and click Launch Utility.   
					To open the HP Printer Utility from the HP Device Manager   
					1. Click the HP Device Manager icon in the Dock.   
					2. Select the device in the Devices drop-down menu.   
					3. On the Information and Settings menu, click Maintain Printer.   
					4. Select the device and click Launch Utility.   
					HP Printer Utility panels   
					Information and Support panel   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Supplies Status: Shows the information about currently installed ink cartridges.   
					Supply Info: Shows the ink cartridge replacement options.   
					Device Information: Displays information about the model and serial number.   
					This page contains information about the device and the supplies.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Clean: Guides you through cleaning the ink cartridges.   
					Align: Guides you through aligning the ink cartridges.   
					HP Support: Gain access to HP Web site where you can find support for the   
					device, register the device, and find information about returning and recycling used   
					printing supplies.   
					Understand the self-test report   
					Use the self-test report to:   
					• 
					• 
					View current device information and ink cartridge status   
					Help troubleshoot problems   
					The self-test report also contains a log of recent events.   
					66   
					Configure and manage   
				If you need to call HP, it is often useful to print the self-test report before calling.   
					1. Printer Information: Shows device information (such as the product name, model   
					number, serial number, and firmware version number), and the number of pages   
					printed from the tray.   
					2. Nozzle test pattern: Missing lines indicate problems with the ink cartridges. Try   
					cleaning the cartridges, or replacing the cartridges.   
					3. Color bars and boxes: Uneven, faded, or faint color bars or boxes indicate low   
					ink. Check the ink levels.   
					4.   
					Event Log: Shows a log of recent events that have occurred.   
					To print the Self-Test Report   
					• 
					• 
					Device control panel: Press Setup, select Print Report, select Self-Test, and   
					then press OK.   
					HP Printer Utility (Mac OS): Click Device Information from the Information and   
					Support panel, and then click Print Configuration Page.   
					Set up faxing for the device   
					After completing all the steps in the getting started guide, use the instructions in this   
					section to complete your fax setup. Keep your getting started guide for later use.   
					In this section, you will learn how to set up the device so that faxing works successfully   
					with equipment and services you might already have on the same phone line.   
					67   
					Set up faxing for the device   
				Chapter 7   
					TIP: You can also use the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or HP Fax Setup Utility   
					(Mac OS) to help you quickly set up some important fax settings such as the   
					answer mode and fax header information. You can access the Fax Setup Wizard   
					(Windows) or HP Fax Setup Utility (Mac OS) through the software you installed   
					with the device. After you run the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or HP Fax Setup   
					Utility (Mac OS), follow the procedures in this section to complete your fax setup.   
					• 
					• 
					Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)   
					Serial-type fax setup   
					Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)   
					Before you begin setting up the device for faxing, determine which kind of phone   
					system your country/region uses. The instructions for fax setup differ depending on   
					whether you have a serial- or parallel-type phone system.   
					• 
					If you do not see your country/region listed in the table below, you probably have a   
					serial-type phone system. In a serial-type phone system, the connector type on   
					your shared telephone equipment (modems, phones, and answering machines)   
					does not allow a physical connection to the "2-EXT" port on the device. Instead, all   
					equipment must be connected at the telephone wall jack.   
					NOTE: In some countries/regions that use serial-type phone systems, the   
					phone cord that came with the device might have an additional wall plug   
					attached to it. This enables you to connect other telecom devices to the wall   
					jack where you plug in the device.   
					• 
					If your country/region is listed in the table below, you probably have a parallel-type   
					telephone system. In a parallel-type phone system, you are able to connect shared   
					telephone equipment to the phone line by using the "2-EXT" port on the back of   
					the device.   
					NOTE: If you have a parallel-type phone system, HP recommends you use   
					the 2-wire phone cord supplied with the device to connect it to the telephone   
					wall jack.   
					Table 7-1 Countries/regions with a parallel-type phone system   
					Argentina   
					Canada   
					Colombia   
					Indonesia   
					Korea   
					Australia   
					Chile   
					Brazil   
					China   
					Greece   
					Ireland   
					India   
					Japan   
					Latin America   
					Philippines   
					Russia   
					Malaysia   
					Poland   
					Saudi Arabia   
					Taiwan   
					Venezuela   
					Mexico   
					Portugal   
					Singapore   
					Thailand   
					Spain   
					USA   
					68   
					Configure and manage   
				Countries/regions with a parallel-type phone system (continued)   
					Vietnam   
					If you are unsure which kind of telephone system you have (serial or parallel), check   
					with your telephone company.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Choose the correct fax setup for your home or office   
					Select your fax setup case   
					Case A: Separate fax line (no voice calls received)   
					Case B: Set up the device with DSL   
					Case C: Set up the device with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line   
					Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring service on the same line   
					Case E: Shared voice/fax line   
					Case F: Shared voice/fax line with voice mail   
					Case G: Fax line shared with computer modem (no voice calls received)   
					Case H: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem   
					Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine   
					Case J: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and answering machine   
					Case K: Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and voice mail   
					Choose the correct fax setup for your home or office   
					To fax successfully, you need to know what types of equipment and services (if any)   
					share the same phone line with the device. This is important because you might need   
					to connect some of your existing office equipment directly to the device, and you might   
					also need to change some fax settings before you can fax successfully.   
					To determine the best way to set up the device in your home or office, first read   
					through the questions in this section and record your answers. Next, refer to the table   
					in the following section and choose the recommended setup case based on your   
					answers.   
					Make sure to read and answer the following questions in the order they are presented.   
					1. Do you have a digital subscriber line (DSL) service through your telephone   
					company? (DSL might be called ADSL in your country/region.)   
					If you answered Yes, proceed directly to Case B: Set up the device with DSL. You   
					do not need to continue answering questions.   
					If you answered No, continue answering questions.   
					2. Do you have a private branch exchange (PBX) phone system or an integrated   
					services digital network (ISDN) system?   
					If you answered Yes, proceed directly to Case C: Set up the device with a PBX   
					phone system or an ISDN line. You do not need to continue answering questions.   
					If you answered No, continue answering questions.   
					69   
					Set up faxing for the device   
				Chapter 7   
					3. Do you subscribe to a distinctive ring service through your telephone company that   
					provides multiple phone numbers with different ring patterns?   
					If you answered Yes, proceed directly to Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring service   
					on the same line. You do not need to continue answering questions.   
					If you answered No, continue answering questions.   
					Are you unsure if you have distinctive ring? Many phone companies offer a   
					distinctive ring feature that allows you to have several phone numbers on one   
					phone line.   
					When you subscribe to this service, each phone number will have a different ring   
					pattern. For example, you can have single, double, and triple rings for the different   
					numbers. You might assign one phone number with a single ring to your voice   
					calls, and another phone number with double rings to your fax calls. This allows   
					you to tell the difference between voice and fax calls when the phone rings.   
					4. Do you receive voice calls at the same phone number you will use for fax calls on   
					the device?   
					Continue answering questions.   
					5. Do you have a computer dial-up modem on the same phone line as the device?   
					Are you unsure if you use a computer dial-up modem? If you answer Yes to any of   
					the following questions, you are using a computer dial-up modem:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Do you send and receive faxes directly to and from your computer software   
					applications through a dial-up connection?   
					Do you send and receive e-mail messages on your computer through a dial-up   
					connection?   
					Do you access the Internet from your computer through a dial-up connection?   
					Continue answering questions.   
					6. Do you have an answering machine that answers voice calls at the same phone   
					number you will use for fax calls on the device?   
					Continue answering questions.   
					7. Do you subscribe to a voice mail service through your telephone company at the   
					same phone number you will use for fax calls on the device?   
					After you have completed answering the questions, proceed to the next section to   
					select your fax setup case.   
					Select your fax setup case   
					Now that you have answered all the questions about the equipment and services that   
					share the phone line with the device, you are ready to choose the best setup case for   
					your home or office.   
					From the first column in the following table, choose the combination of equipment and   
					services applicable to your home or office setting. Then look up the appropriate setup   
					case in the second or third column based on your phone system. Step-by-step   
					instructions are included for each case in the sections that follow.   
					If you have answered all the questions in the previous section and have none of the   
					described equipment or services, choose "None" from the first column in the table.   
					70   
					Configure and manage   
				NOTE: If your home or office setup is not described in this section, set up the   
					device as you would a regular analog phone. Make sure you use the phone cord   
					supplied in the box to connect one end to your telephone wall jack and the other   
					end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device. If you use another phone   
					cord, you might experience problems sending and receiving faxes.   
					Other equipment/services   
					sharing your fax line   
					Recommended fax setup   
					for parallel-type phone   
					systems   
					Recommended fax setup   
					for serial-type phone   
					systems   
					None   
					Case A: Separate fax line (no Refer to your country in   
					voice calls received)   
					Serial-type fax setup   
					(You answered No to all   
					questions.)   
					DSL service   
					Case B: Set up the device   
					with DSL   
					Refer to your country in   
					Serial-type fax setup   
					(You answered Yes to   
					question 1 only.)   
					PBX or ISDN system   
					Case C: Set up the device   
					with a PBX phone system or   
					an ISDN line   
					Refer to your country in   
					Serial-type fax setup   
					(You answered Yes to   
					question 2 only.)   
					Distinctive ring service   
					Case D: Fax with a distinctive Refer to your country in   
					ring service on the same line Serial-type fax setup   
					(You answered Yes to   
					question 3 only.)   
					Voice calls   
					Case E: Shared voice/fax line Refer to your country in   
					Serial-type fax setup   
					(You answered Yes to   
					question 4 only.)   
					Voice calls and voice mail   
					service   
					Case F: Shared voice/fax line Refer to your country in   
					with voice mail   
					Serial-type fax setup   
					(You answered Yes to   
					questions 4 and 7 only.)   
					Computer dial-up modem   
					Case G: Fax line shared with   
					computer modem (no voice   
					calls received)   
					Not applicable.   
					(You answered Yes to   
					question 5 only.)   
					Voice calls and computer dial- Case H: Shared voice/fax line Not applicable.   
					up modem   
					with computer modem   
					(You answered Yes to   
					questions 4 and 5 only.)   
					Voice calls and answering   
					machine   
					Case I: Shared voice/fax line   
					with answering machine   
					Not applicable.   
					Not applicable.   
					(You answered Yes to   
					questions 4 and 6 only.)   
					Voice calls, computer dial-up   
					modem, and answering   
					machine   
					Case J: Shared voice/fax line   
					with computer modem and   
					answering machine   
					(You answered Yes to   
					questions 4, 5, and 6 only.)   
					71   
					Set up faxing for the device   
				Chapter 7   
					(continued)   
					Other equipment/services   
					sharing your fax line   
					Recommended fax setup   
					for parallel-type phone   
					systems   
					Recommended fax setup   
					for serial-type phone   
					systems   
					Voice calls, computer dial-up   
					Case K: Shared voice/fax line Not applicable.   
					modem, and voice mail service with computer dial-up modem   
					and voice mail   
					(You answered Yes to   
					questions 4, 5, and 7 only.)   
					Case A: Separate fax line (no voice calls received)   
					If you have a separate phone line on which you receive no voice calls, and you have   
					no other equipment connected on this phone line, set up the device as described in   
					this section.   
					Figure 7-1 Back view of the device   
					1 
					2 
					Telephone wall jack   
					Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to   
					the 1-LINE port   
					To set up the device with a separate fax line   
					1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your   
					telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the   
					back of the device.   
					NOTE: If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall   
					jack to the device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special   
					phone cord is different from the phone cords you might already have in your   
					home or office.   
					2. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.   
					3. (Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).   
					4. Run a fax test.   
					When the phone rings, the device answers automatically after the number of rings you   
					set in the Rings to Answer setting. The device begins emitting fax reception tones to   
					the sending fax machine and receives the fax.   
					72   
					Configure and manage   
				Case B: Set up the device with DSL   
					If you have a DSL service through your telephone company, and do not connect any   
					equipment to the device, use the instructions in this section to connect a DSL filter   
					between the telephone wall jack and the device. The DSL filter removes the digital   
					signal that can interfere with the device, so the device can communicate properly with   
					the phone line. (DSL might be called ADSL in your country/region.)   
					NOTE: If you have a DSL line and you do not connect the DSL filter, you will not   
					be able to send and receive faxes with the device.   
					Figure 7-2 Back view of the device   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					Telephone wall jack   
					DSL (or ADSL) filter and cord supplied by your DSL provider   
					Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to   
					the 1-LINE port   
					To set up the device with DSL   
					1. Obtain a DSL filter from your DSL provider.   
					2. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to the   
					open port on the DSL filter, and then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-   
					LINE on the back of the device.   
					NOTE: If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL filter to   
					the device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord   
					is different from the phone cords you might already have in your home or office.   
					As only one phone cord is supplied, you may will need to obtain additional   
					phone cords for this setup.   
					3. Connect an additional phone cord from the DSL filter to the telephone wall jack.   
					4. Run a fax test.   
					73   
					Set up faxing for the device   
				Chapter 7   
					Case C: Set up the device with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line   
					If you are using either a PBX phone system or an ISDN converter/terminal adapter,   
					make sure you do the following:   
					• 
					If you are using either a PBX or an ISDN converter/terminal adaptor, connect the   
					device to the port that is designated for fax and phone use. Also, make sure that   
					the terminal adapter is set to the correct switch type for your country/region, if   
					possible.   
					NOTE: Some ISDN systems allow you to configure the ports for specific   
					phone equipment. For example, you might have assigned one port for   
					telephone and Group 3 fax and another port for multiple purposes. If you have   
					problems when connected to the fax/phone port of your ISDN converter, try   
					using the port designated for multiple purposes; it might be labeled "multi-   
					combi" or something similar.   
					• 
					If you are using a PBX phone system, set the call waiting tone to "off."   
					NOTE: Many digital PBX systems include a call-waiting tone that is set to "on"   
					by default. The call waiting tone will interfere with any fax transmission, and   
					you will not be able to send or receive faxes with the device. Refer to the   
					documentation that came with your PBX phone system for instructions on how   
					to turn off the call-waiting tone.   
					• 
					• 
					If you are using a PBX phone system, dial the number for an outside line before   
					dialing the fax number.   
					Make sure you use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to   
					the device. If you do not, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special   
					phone cord is different from the phone cords you might already have in your home   
					or office. If the supplied phone cord is too short, you can purchase a coupler from   
					your local electronics store and extend it.   
					Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring service on the same line   
					If you subscribe to a distinctive ring service (through your telephone company) that   
					allows you to have multiple phone numbers on one phone line, each with a different   
					ring pattern, set up the device as described in this section.   
					Figure 7-3 Back view of the device   
					74   
					Configure and manage   
				1 
					2 
					Telephone wall jack   
					Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to   
					the 1-LINE port   
					To set up the device with a distinctive ring service   
					1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your   
					telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the   
					back of the device.   
					NOTE: If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall   
					jack to the device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special   
					phone cord is different from the phone cords you might already have in your   
					home or office.   
					2. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.   
					3. Change the Distinctive Ring setting to match the pattern that the telephone   
					company assigned to your fax number.   
					NOTE: By default, the device is set to answer all ring patterns. If you do not   
					set the Distinctive Ring to match the ring pattern assigned to your fax   
					number, the device might answer both voice calls and fax calls or it might not   
					answer at all.   
					4. (Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).   
					5. Run a fax test.   
					The device automatically answers incoming calls that have the ring pattern you   
					selected (Distinctive Ring setting) after the number of rings you selected (Rings to   
					Answer setting). The device begins emitting fax reception tones to the sending fax   
					machine and receives the fax.   
					Case E: Shared voice/fax line   
					If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you have   
					no other office equipment (or voice mail) on this phone line, set up the device as   
					described in this section.   
					Figure 7-4 Back view of the device   
					75   
					Set up faxing for the device   
				Chapter 7   
					1 
					2 
					Telephone wall jack   
					Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to   
					the 1-LINE port   
					3 
					Telephone (optional)   
					To set up the device with a shared voice/fax line   
					1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your   
					telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the   
					back of the device.   
					NOTE: If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall   
					jack to the device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special   
					phone cord is different from the phone cords you might already have in your   
					home or office.   
					2. Do one of the following:   
					• 
					If you have a parallel-type phone system, remove the white plug from the port   
					labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device, and then connect a phone to this port.   
					• 
					If you have a serial-type phone system, you might plug your phone directly on   
					top of the device cable which has a wall plug attached to it.   
					3. Now you need to decide how you want the device to answer calls, automatically or   
					manually:   
					• 
					If you set up the device to answer calls automatically, it answers all incoming   
					calls and receives faxes. The device will not be able to distinguish between fax   
					and voice calls in this case; if you suspect the call is a voice call, you will need   
					to answer it before the device answers the call. To set up the device to answer   
					calls automatically, turn on the Auto Answer setting.   
					• 
					If you set up the device to answer faxes manually, you must be available to   
					respond in person to incoming fax calls or the device cannot receive faxes. To   
					set up the device to answer calls manually, turn off the Auto Answer setting.   
					4. Run a fax test.   
					If you pick up the phone before the device answers the call and hear fax tones from a   
					sending fax machine, you will need to answer the fax call manually.   
					Case F: Shared voice/fax line with voice mail   
					If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also   
					subscribe to a voice mail service through your telephone company, set up the device   
					as described in this section.   
					NOTE: You cannot receive faxes automatically if you have a voice mail service at   
					the same phone number you use for fax calls. You must receive faxes manually;   
					this means you must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls. If you   
					want to receive faxes automatically instead, contact your telephone company to   
					subscribe to a distinctive ring service, or to obtain a separate phone line for faxing.   
					76   
					Configure and manage   
				Figure 7-5 Back view of the device   
					1 
					2 
					Telephone wall jack   
					Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to   
					the "1-LINE" port   
					To set up the device with voice mail   
					1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your   
					telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the   
					back of the device.   
					NOTE: If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall   
					jack to the device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special   
					phone cord is different from the phone cords you might already have in your   
					home or office.   
					2. Turn off the Auto Answer setting.   
					3. Run a fax test.   
					You must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls, or the device cannot   
					receive faxes. You must initiate the manual fax before voicemail picks up the line.   
					Case G: Fax line shared with computer modem (no voice calls received)   
					If you have a fax line on which you receive no voice calls, and you also have a   
					computer modem connected on this line, set up the device as described in this section.   
					NOTE: If you have a computer dial-up modem, your computer dial-up modem   
					shares the phone line with the device. You will not be able to use both your modem   
					and the device simultaneously. For example, you cannot use the device for faxing   
					while you are using your computer dial-up modem to send an e-mail or access the   
					Internet.   
					• 
					• 
					Set up the device with a computer dial-up modem   
					Set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem   
					77   
					Set up faxing for the device   
				Chapter 7   
					Set up the device with a computer dial-up modem   
					If you are using the same phone line for sending faxes and for a computer dial-up   
					modem, follow these directions for setting up the device.   
					Figure 7-6 Back view of the device   
					1 
					2 
					Telephone wall jack   
					Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to   
					the "1-LINE" port   
					3 
					Computer with modem   
					To set up the device with a computer dial-up modem   
					1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.   
					2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer   
					dial-up modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone   
					wall jack and plug it into the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.   
					3. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your   
					telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the   
					back of the device.   
					NOTE: If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall   
					jack to the device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special   
					phone cord is different from the phone cords you might already have in your   
					home or office.   
					4. If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn   
					off that setting.   
					NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your   
					modem software, the device will not be able to receive faxes.   
					5. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.   
					6. (Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).   
					7. Run a fax test.   
					When the phone rings, the device automatically answers after the number of rings you   
					set in the Rings to Answer setting. The device begins emitting fax reception tones to   
					the sending fax machine and receives the fax.   
					78   
					Configure and manage   
				Set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem   
					If you have a DSL line and use that phone line to send faxes, follow these instructions   
					to set up your fax.   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					Telephone wall jack   
					Parallel splitter   
					DSL/ADSL filter   
					Connect one end of the phone jack that was supplied with the device   
					to connect to the 1-LINE port on the back of the device. Connect the   
					other end of the cord to the DSL/ADSL filter.   
					4 
					5 
					Computer   
					Computer DSL/ADSL modem   
					NOTE: You will need to purchase a parallel splitter. A parallel splitter has one   
					RJ-11 port on the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2–line   
					phone splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on   
					the front and a plug on the back.   
					To set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem   
					1. Obtain a DSL filter from your DSL provider.   
					2. Using the phone cord provided in the box with the device, connect one end to the   
					DSL filter, and then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back   
					of the device.   
					NOTE: If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL filter to   
					the back of the device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special   
					phone cord is different from the phone cords you might already have in your   
					home or office.   
					79   
					Set up faxing for the device   
				Chapter 7   
					3. Connect the DSL filter to the parallel splitter.   
					4. Connect the DSL modem to the parallel splitter.   
					5. Connect the parallel splitter to the wall jack.   
					6. Run a fax test.   
					When the phone rings, the device automatically answers after the number of rings you   
					set in the Rings to Answer setting. The device begins emitting fax reception tones to   
					the sending fax machine and receives the fax.   
					Case H: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem   
					If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also   
					have a computer modem connected on this phone line, set up the device as described   
					in this section.   
					NOTE: Since your computer modem shares the phone line with the device, you   
					cannot use both your modem and the device simultaneously. For example, you   
					cannot use the device for faxing while you are using your computer modem to   
					send an e-mail or access the Internet.   
					• 
					• 
					Shared voice/fax with computer dial-up modem   
					Shared voice/fax with computer DSL/ADSL modem   
					Shared voice/fax with computer dial-up modem   
					If you use your phone line for both fax and telephone calls, use these instructions to   
					set up your fax.   
					There are two different ways to set up the device with your computer based on the   
					number of phone ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your computer to   
					see if it has one or two phone ports.   
					• 
					If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel   
					splitter (also called a coupler), as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11   
					port on the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a two-line phone   
					splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front   
					and a plug on the back.)   
					Figure 7-7 Example of a parallel splitter   
					80   
					Configure and manage   
				• 
					If your computer has one phone port, set up the device as described below.   
					Figure 7-8 Back view of the device   
					1 
					2 
					Telephone wall jack   
					Phone cord provided with the device plugged into the 1-LINE port on   
					the back of the device   
					3 
					4 
					5 
					Parallel splitter   
					Computer   
					Telephone   
					To set up the device on the same phone line as a computer with one phone port   
					1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.   
					2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer   
					dial-up modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone   
					wall jack and plug it into the parallel splitter.   
					3. Connect a phone cord from the parallel splitter to the port labeled 2-EXT on the   
					back of the device.   
					4. Connect a phone to the parallel splitter.   
					5. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your   
					telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the   
					back of the device.   
					NOTE: If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall   
					jack to the device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special   
					phone cord is different from the phone cords you might already have in your   
					home or office.   
					6. If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn   
					off that setting.   
					NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your   
					modem software, the HP device will not be able to receive faxes.   
					81   
					Set up faxing for the device   
				Chapter 7   
					7. Now you need to decide how you want the device to answer calls, automatically or   
					manually:   
					• 
					If you set up the device to answer calls automatically, it answers all incoming   
					calls and receives faxes. The device will not be able to distinguish between fax   
					and voice calls in this case; if you suspect the call is a voice call, you will need   
					to answer it before the device answers the call. To set up the device to answer   
					calls automatically, turn on the Auto Answer setting.   
					• 
					If you set up the device to answer faxes manually, you must be available to   
					respond in person to incoming fax calls or the device cannot receive faxes. To   
					set up the device to answer calls manually, turn off the Auto Answer setting.   
					8. Run a fax test.   
					NOTE: If your computer has two telephone ports on the back, you do not need to   
					use a parallel splitter. You can plug the telephone into the “OUT” port on the   
					computer dial-up modem.   
					If you pick up the phone before the device answers the call and hear fax tones from a   
					sending fax machine, you will need to answer the fax call manually.   
					If you use your phone line for voice, fax, and your computer dial-up modem, follow   
					these directions to set up your fax.   
					Shared voice/fax with computer DSL/ADSL modem   
					Use these instructions if your computer has a DSL/ADSL modem   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					7 
					Telephone wall jack   
					Parallel splitter   
					DSL/ADSL filter   
					Phone cord supplied with the device   
					DSL/ADSL modem   
					Computer   
					Telephone   
					82   
					Configure and manage   
				NOTE: You will need to purchase a parallel splitter. A parallel splitter has one   
					RJ-11 port on the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2–line   
					phone splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on   
					the front and a plug on the back.   
					To set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem   
					1. Obtain a DSL filter from your DSL provider.   
					NOTE: Phones in other parts of the home/office sharing the same phone   
					number with DSL service will need to be connected to additional DSL filters,   
					otherwise you will experience noise when making voice calls.   
					2. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the devices, connect one end to the   
					DSL filter, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the   
					device.   
					NOTE: If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL filter to   
					the device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord   
					is different from phone cords you might already have in your home or office.   
					3. If you have a parallel-type phone system, remove the white plug from the port   
					labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device, and then connect a phone to this port.   
					4. Connect the DSL filter to the parallel splitter.   
					5. Connect the DSL modem to the parallel splitter.   
					6. Connect the parallel splitter to the wall jack.   
					7. Run a fax test.   
					When the phone rings, the device automatically answers after the number of rings you   
					set in the Rings to Answer setting. The device begins emitting fax reception tones to   
					the sending fax machine and receives the fax.   
					83   
					Set up faxing for the device   
				Chapter 7   
					Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine   
					If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also   
					have an answering machine that answers voice calls at this phone number, set up the   
					device as described in this section.   
					Figure 7-9 Back view of the device   
					1 
					2 
					Telephone wall jack   
					Use the phone cord provided to connect to the 1-LINE port on the back of   
					the device   
					3 
					4 
					Answering machine   
					Telephone (optional)   
					To set up the device with a shared voice/fax line with answering machine   
					1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.   
					2. Unplug your answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to the   
					port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.   
					NOTE: If you do not connect your answering machine directly to the device,   
					fax tones from a sending fax machine might be recorded on your answering   
					machine, and you probably will not be able to receive faxes with the device.   
					3. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your   
					telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the   
					back of the device.   
					NOTE: If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall   
					jack to the device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special   
					phone cord is different from the phone cords you might already have in your   
					home or office.   
					84   
					Configure and manage   
				4. (Optional) If your answering machine does not have a built-in phone, for   
					convenience you might want to connect a phone to the back of your answering   
					machine at the "OUT" port.   
					NOTE: If your answering machine does not let you connect an external   
					phone, you can purchase and use a parallel splitter (also known as a coupler)   
					to connect both the answering machine and telephone to the device. You can   
					use standard phone cords for these connections.   
					5. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.   
					6. Set your answering machine to answer after a low number of rings.   
					7. Change the Rings to Answer setting on the device to the maximum number of   
					rings supported by your device. (The maximum number of rings varies by country/   
					region.)   
					8. Run a fax test.   
					When the phone rings, your answering machine answers after the number of rings you   
					have set, and then plays your recorded greeting. The device monitors the call during   
					this time, "listening" for fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the device emits   
					fax reception tones and receives the fax; if there are no fax tones, the device stops   
					monitoring the line and your answering machine can record a voice message.   
					Case J: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and answering machine   
					If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also   
					have a computer modem and answering machine connected on this phone line, set up   
					the HP device as described in this section.   
					NOTE: Since your computer dial-up modem shares the phone line with the HP   
					device, you cannot use both your modem and the device simultaneously. For   
					example, you cannot use the HP device for faxing while you are using your   
					computer dial-up modem to send an e-mail or access the Internet.   
					• 
					• 
					Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and answering machine   
					Shared voice/fax line with computer DSL/ADSL modem and answering machine   
					Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and answering machine   
					There are two different ways to set the HP device with your computer based on the   
					number of phone ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your computer to   
					see if it has one or two phone ports.   
					• 
					If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel   
					splitter, as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on the front and   
					two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a two-line phone splitter, a serial splitter,   
					or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.)   
					Figure 7-10 Example of a parallel splitter   
					85   
					Set up faxing for the device   
				Chapter 7   
					• 
					If your computer has one phone port, set up the HP device as described below.   
					Figure 7-11 Back view of the device   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					7 
					Telephone wall jack   
					Telephone cord connected to the parallel splitter   
					Parallel splitter   
					Telephone (optional)   
					Answering machine   
					Computer with modem   
					Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to   
					the "1-LINE" port   
					To set up the device on the same phone line as a computer with one phone port   
					1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the HP device.   
					2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer   
					dial-up modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone   
					wall jack and plug it into the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.   
					3. Unplug your answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to the   
					port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.   
					NOTE: If you do not connect your answering machine directly to the device,   
					fax tones from a sending fax machine might be recorded on your answering   
					machine, and you might not be able to receive faxes with the device.   
					86   
					Configure and manage   
				4. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the HP device, connect one end to   
					your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on   
					the back of the HP device.   
					NOTE: If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall   
					jack to the device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special   
					phone cord is different from the phone cords you might already have in your   
					home or office.   
					5. (Optional) If your answering machine does not have a built-in phone, for   
					convenience you might want to connect a phone to the back of your answering   
					machine at the "OUT" port.   
					NOTE: If your answering machine does not let you connect an external   
					phone, you can purchase and use a parallel splitter (also known as a coupler)   
					to connect both the answering machine and telephone to the device. You can   
					use standard phone cords for these connections.   
					6. If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn   
					off that setting.   
					NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your   
					modem software, the device will not be able to receive faxes.   
					7. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.   
					8. Set your answering machine to answer after a low number of rings.   
					9. Change the Rings to Answer setting on the HP device to the maximum number of   
					rings supported by your HP device. (The maximum number of rings varies by   
					country/region.)   
					10. Run a fax test.   
					NOTE: If you are using a computer with two telephone ports, you do not need   
					a parallel splitter. You can plug the answering machine into the “OUT” port on   
					the back of the computer.   
					When the phone rings, your answering machine answers after the number of rings you   
					have set, and then plays your recorded greeting. The device monitors the call during   
					this time, "listening" for fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the device emits   
					fax reception tones and receives the fax; if there are no fax tones, the device stops   
					monitoring the line and your answering machine can record a voice message.   
					87   
					Set up faxing for the device   
				Chapter 7   
					Shared voice/fax line with computer DSL/ADSL modem and answering machine   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					Telephone wall jack   
					Parallel splitter   
					DSL/ADSL filter   
					Phone cord provided with the device connected to the 1-LINE port on   
					the back of the device   
					5 
					6 
					7 
					8 
					DSL/ADSL modem   
					Computer   
					Answering machine   
					Telephone (optional)   
					NOTE: You will need to purchase a parallel splitter. A parallel splitter has one   
					RJ-11 port on the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2–line   
					phone splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on   
					the front and a plug on the back.   
					88   
					Configure and manage   
				To set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem   
					1. Obtain a DSL/ADSL filter from your DSL/ADSL provider.   
					NOTE: Phones in other parts of the home/office sharing the same phone   
					number with DSL/ADSL service will need to be connected to additional DSL/   
					ADSL filters, otherwise you will experience noise when making voice calls.   
					2. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to the   
					DSL/ADSL filter, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back   
					of the device.   
					NOTE: If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL/ADSL   
					filter to the device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special   
					phone cord is different from the phone cords you might already have in your   
					home or office.   
					3. Connect the DSL/ADSL filter to the splitter.   
					4. Unplug the answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to the   
					port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.   
					NOTE: If you do not connect your answering machine directly to the device,   
					fax tones from a sending fax machine might be recorded on your answering   
					machine, and you probably will not be able to receive faxes with the device.   
					5. Connect the DSL modem to the parallel splitter.   
					6. Connect the parallel splitter to the wall jack.   
					7. Set your answering machine to answer after a low number of rings.   
					8. Change your Rings to Answer setting on the device to the maximum number of   
					rings supported by the device.   
					NOTE: The maximum number of rings varies by country/region.   
					9. Run a fax test.   
					When the phone rings, your answering machine will answer after the number of rings   
					you have set, and then play your recorded greeting. The device monitors the call   
					during this time, “listening” for fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the device   
					will emit fax reception tones and receive the fax; if there are no fax tones, the device   
					stops monitoring the line and your answering machine can record a voice message.   
					If you use the same phone line for telephone, fax, and have a computer DSL modem,   
					follow these instructions to set up your fax.   
					Case K: Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and voice mail   
					If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, use a   
					computer dial-up modem on the same phone line, and subscribe to a voice mail   
					service through your telephone company, set up the device as described in this section.   
					89   
					Set up faxing for the device   
				Chapter 7   
					NOTE: You cannot receive faxes automatically if you have a voice mail service at   
					the same phone number you use for fax calls. You must receive faxes manually;   
					this means you must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls. If you   
					want to receive faxes automatically instead, contact your telephone company to   
					subscribe to a distinctive ring service, or to obtain a separate phone line for faxing.   
					Since your computer dial-up modem shares the phone line with the device, you cannot   
					use both your modem and the device simultaneously. For example, you cannot use   
					the device for faxing if you are using your computer dial-up modem to send an e-mail   
					or access the Internet.   
					There are two different ways to set up the device with your computer based on the   
					number of phone ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your computer to   
					see if it has one or two phone ports.   
					• 
					If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel   
					splitter (also called a coupler), as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11   
					port on the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a two-line phone   
					splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front   
					and a plug on the back.)   
					Figure 7-12 Example of a parallel splitter   
					• 
					If your computer has two phone ports, set up the device as described below.   
					Figure 7-13 Back view of the device   
					1 
					2 
					Telephone wall jack   
					Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to   
					the 1-LINE port   
					3 
					4 
					Parallel splitter   
					Computer with modem   
					90   
					Configure and manage   
				5 
					Telephone   
					To set up the device on the same phone line as a computer with two phone ports   
					1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.   
					2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer   
					dial-up modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone   
					wall jack and plug it into the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.   
					3. Connect a phone to the "OUT" port on the back of your computer dial-up modem.   
					4. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your   
					telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the   
					back of the device.   
					NOTE: If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall   
					jack to the device, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special   
					phone cord is different from the phone cords you might already have in your   
					home or office.   
					5. If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn   
					off that setting.   
					NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your   
					modem software, the device will not be able to receive faxes.   
					6. Turn off the Auto Answer setting.   
					7. Run a fax test.   
					You must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls, or the device cannot   
					receive faxes.   
					Serial-type fax setup   
					For information on setting up the device for faxing using a serial-type phone system,   
					see the Fax Configuration Web site for your country/region.   
					Austria   
					www.hp.com/at/faxconfig   
					www.hp.com/de/faxconfig   
					www.hp.com/ch/fr/faxconfig   
					www.hp.com/ch/de/faxconfig   
					www.hp.com/uk/faxconfig   
					www.hp.fi/faxconfig   
					Germany   
					Switzerland (French)   
					Switzerland (German)   
					United Kingdom   
					Finland   
					Denmark   
					www.hp.dk/faxconfig   
					Sweden   
					www.hp.se/faxconfig   
					Norway   
					www.hp.no/faxconfig   
					Netherlands   
					Belgium (Dutch)   
					www.hp.nl/faxconfig   
					www.hp.be/nl/faxconfig   
					91   
					Set up faxing for the device   
				Chapter 7   
					(continued)   
					Belguim (French)   
					www.hp.be/fr/faxconfig   
					www.hp.pt/faxconfig   
					Portugal   
					Spain   
					www.hp.es/faxconfig   
					France   
					Ireland   
					Italy   
					www.hp.com/fr/faxconfig   
					www.hp.com/ie/faxconfig   
					www.hp.com/it/faxconfig   
					Configure the device (Windows)   
					NOTE: Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher must be installed on the   
					computer system to run the installation program.   
					In addition, you must have administrator privileges to install a printer driver on   
					Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Vista.   
					When setting up the device, HP recommends that you connect it after you install the   
					software because the installation program is designed to provide you with the easiest   
					setup experience. However, if you have connected the cable first, see Connect the   
					device before installing the software.   
					Connect the device directly to your computer using a USB cable.   
					NOTE: If you install the device software and connect the device to a computer   
					running Windows, you can connect additional devices to the same computer with   
					USB cables without reinstalling the device software.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Install the software before connecting the device (recommended)   
					Connect the device before installing the software   
					Share the device on a locally shared network   
					Install the software before connecting the device (recommended)   
					To install the software   
					1. Close any applications that are running.   
					2. Insert the Starter CD into the CD drive. The CD menu runs automatically. If the CD   
					menu does not start automatically, double-click the setup icon on the Starter CD.   
					3. On the CD menu, click the appropriate installation option and follow the onscreen   
					instructions.   
					4. When prompted, turn on the device and connect it to the computer using a USB   
					cable. The Found New Hardware wizard appears on the computer screen, and   
					the device icon is created in the Printers folder.   
					92   
					Configure and manage   
				NOTE: You may connect the USB cable at a later time when you need to use the   
					device.   
					You can also share the device with other computers using a simple form of   
					networking known as locally shared networking. For more information, see Share   
					the device on a locally shared network.   
					Connect the device before installing the software   
					If you connected the device to the computer before installing the device software, the   
					Found New Hardware wizard displays on the computer screen.   
					NOTE: If you turned on the device, do not turn it off or unplug the cable from the   
					device while the installation program is running. If you do so, the installation   
					program will not finish.   
					To connect the device   
					1. In the Found New Hardware dialog box that displays methods for locating the   
					printer driver, select the Advanced option, and then click Next.   
					NOTE: Do not allow the Found New Hardware wizard to perform an   
					automatic search for the printer driver.   
					2. Select the check box for specifying the driver location, and ensure that the other   
					check boxes are clear.   
					3. Insert the Starter CD into the CD drive. If the CD menu appears, close it.   
					4. Browse to locate the root directory on the Starter CD (for example, D), and then   
					click OK.   
					5. Click Next and follow the onscreen instructions.   
					6. Click Finish to close the Found New Hardware wizard. The wizard automatically   
					starts the installation program (this might take a short while).   
					7. Complete the installation process.   
					NOTE: You can also share the device with other computers using a simple form   
					of networking known as locally shared networking. For more information, see   
					Share the device on a locally shared network.   
					Share the device on a locally shared network   
					In a locally shared network, the device is connected directly to the USB connector of a   
					selected computer (known as the server) and is shared by other computers (clients).   
					NOTE: When sharing a directly connected device, use the computer with the   
					newest operating system as the server. For example, if you have a computer   
					running Windows XP and another computer running an older version of Windows,   
					use the computer running Windows XP as the server.   
					Use this configuration only in small groups or when usage is low. The connected   
					computer is slowed down when many users print to the device.   
					Only the printing function is shared. Scan and Copy functions are not shared.   
					93   
					Configure the device (Windows)   
				Chapter 7   
					To share the device   
					1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.   
					- Or -   
					Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.   
					2. Right-click the device icon, click Properties, and then click the Sharing tab.   
					3. Click the option to share the device, and give it a share name.   
					4. To share the device with client computers that use other versions of Windows,   
					click Additional Drivers to install those drivers as a convenience to the users. You   
					must have the Starter CD in your CD drive.   
					Configure the device (Mac OS)   
					You can use the device with a single Macintosh computer using a USB cable, or you   
					can share it among other users on a network.   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					To install the software   
					Share the device on a locally shared network   
					To install the software   
					1. Connect the device to your computer with a USB cable.   
					2. Insert the Starter CD into the CD drive. Double-click the CD icon on the desktop,   
					and then double-click the setup icon. Also, you can locate the Installer folder on   
					the Starter CD.   
					3. Click Install Software and follow the onscreen instructions.   
					4. If necessary, share the device with other Macintosh computer users. For more   
					information, see Share the device on a locally shared network.   
					Share the device on a locally shared network   
					When you connect the device directly, you can share it with other computers using a   
					simple form of networking known as locally shared networking. Use this configuration   
					only in small groups or when usage is low. The connected computer is slowed down   
					when many users print to the device.   
					Basic requirements for sharing in the Mac OS environment include the following items:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					The Macintosh computers must be communicating on the network using TCP/IP,   
					and they must have IP addresses. (AppleTalk is not supported.)   
					The device that is being shared must be connected to a built-in USB port on the   
					host Macintosh computer.   
					Both the host Macintosh computer and the client Macintosh computers that are   
					using the shared device must have printer sharing enabled, and the driver or PPD   
					for the device that is installed.   
					94   
					Configure and manage   
				For more information about USB device sharing, see the support information on the   
					Apple Web site (www.apple.com) or the Apple Macintosh Help on the computer.   
					To share the device among computers running Mac OS   
					1. Turn on printer sharing on all Macintosh computers (host and clients) that are   
					connected to the printer. Depending on the OS version you are using, do one of   
					the following:   
					• 
					Mac OS 10.3: Open System Preferences, click Print & Fax, and then check   
					the box next to Share my printers with other computers.   
					• 
					Mac OS 10.4: Open System Preferences, click Print & Fax, click the Sharing   
					tab, check the box next to Share these printers with other computers, and   
					then select the printer to be shared.   
					• 
					Mac OS 10.5: Open System Preferences, click Print & Fax, click the Sharing   
					tab, check the box next to Share these printers with other computers, and   
					then select the printer to be shared.   
					2. To print from the other Macintosh computers (the clients) on the network, do the   
					following:   
					a. Click File, and then select Page Setup in the document you want to print.   
					b. In the drop-down menu next to Format for, select Shared Printers, and then   
					select your device.   
					c. Select the Paper Size, and then click OK.   
					d. In the document, click File, and then select Print.   
					e. From the drop-down menu next to Printer, select Shared Printers, and then   
					select your device.   
					f. Make additional settings, if necessary, and then click Print.   
					Uninstall and reinstall the software   
					If your installation is incomplete, or if you connected the USB cable to a Windows   
					computer before being prompted by the software installation screen, you might need   
					to uninstall and then reinstall the software. Do not simply delete the device application   
					files from your computer. Make sure to remove them properly using the uninstall utility   
					provided when you installed the software that came with the device.   
					There are three methods to uninstall the software on a Windows computer, and one   
					method to uninstall on a Macintosh computer.   
					To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 1   
					1. Disconnect the device from your computer. Do not connect it to your computer until   
					after you have reinstalled the software.   
					2. Press the Power button to turn off the device.   
					3. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, select Programs or All Programs, select   
					HP, select Officejet J4500 Series, and then click Uninstall.   
					4. Follow the onscreen instructions.   
					5. If you are asked whether you would like to remove shared files, click No.   
					Other programs that use these files might not work properly if the files are deleted.   
					6. Restart your computer.   
					Uninstall and reinstall the software   
					95   
				Chapter 7   
					7. To reinstall the software, insert the device Starter CD into your computer's CD-   
					ROM drive, follow the onscreen instructions, and also see Install the software   
					before connecting the device (recommended).   
					8. After the software is installed, connect the device to your computer.   
					9. Press the Power button to turn the device on.   
					After connecting and turning on the device, you might have to wait several minutes   
					for all of the Plug and Play events to complete.   
					10. Follow the onscreen instructions.   
					When the software installation is complete, the HP Digital Imaging Monitor icon   
					appears in the Windows system tray.   
					To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 2   
					NOTE: Use this method if Uninstall is not available in the Windows Start menu.   
					1. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, select Settings, select Control Panel, and   
					then click Add/Remove Programs.   
					- Or -   
					Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Programs and Features.   
					2. Select HP Officejet All-in-One Series, and then click Change/Remove or   
					Uninstall/Change.   
					Follow the onscreen instructions.   
					3. Disconnect the device from your computer.   
					4. Restart your computer.   
					NOTE: It is important that you disconnect the device before restarting your   
					computer. Do not connect the device to your computer until after you have   
					reinstalled the software.   
					5. Insert the device Starter CD into your computer's CD-ROM drive and then start the   
					Setup program.   
					6. Follow the onscreen instructions and also see Install the software before   
					connecting the device (recommended).   
					To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 3   
					NOTE: Use this method if Uninstall is not available in the Windows Start menu.   
					1. Insert the device Starter CD into your computer's CD-ROM drive, and then start   
					the Setup program.   
					2. Disconnect the device from your computer.   
					3. Select Uninstall and follow the onscreen directions.   
					4. Restart your computer.   
					NOTE: It is important that you disconnect the device before restarting your   
					computer. Do not connect the device to your computer until after you have   
					reinstalled the software.   
					5. Start the Setup program for the device again.   
					96   
					Configure and manage   
				6. Select Install.   
					7. Follow the onscreen instructions and also see Install the software before   
					connecting the device (recommended).   
					To uninstall from a Macintosh computer   
					1. Launch HP Device Manager.   
					2. Click Information and Settings.   
					3. Select Uninstall HP AiO Software from the pull-down menu.   
					Follow the onscreen instructions.   
					4. After the software is uninstalled, restart your computer.   
					5. To reinstall the software, insert the device Starter CD into your computer's CD-   
					ROM drive.   
					6. On the desktop, open the CD-ROM, and then double-click HP All-in-One Installer.   
					7. Follow the onscreen instructions and also see To install the software.   
					Uninstall and reinstall the software   
					97   
				8 Maintain and troubleshoot   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Work with ink cartridges   
					Clean the device   
					General troubleshooting tips and resources   
					Solve printing problems   
					Poor print quality and unexpected printouts   
					Solve paper-feed problems   
					Solve copy problems   
					Solve scan problems   
					Solve fax problems   
					Troubleshoot installation issues   
					Clear jams   
					Work with ink cartridges   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					Supported ink cartridges   
					Handle the ink cartridges   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Replace the ink cartridges   
					Align the ink cartridges   
					Clean the ink cartridges   
					Clean the ink cartridge contacts   
					Clean the area around the ink nozzles   
					Store printing supplies   
					Supported ink cartridges   
					The availability of ink cartridges varies by country/region. The ink cartridges might   
					come in different sizes.   
					You can find the ink cartridge number in the following places:   
					• 
					• 
					On the label of the ink cartridge you are replacing.   
					Windows: From the Toolbox, if you have bidirectional communication, click the   
					Estimated Ink Levels tab, scroll to display the Cartridge Details button, and then   
					click Cartridge Details.   
					• 
					Mac OS: From the HP Printer Utility, click Supply Info from the Information and   
					Support panel, and then click Retail Supplies Information.   
					98   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				Handle the ink cartridges   
					Before you replace or clean an ink cartridge, you should know the part names and   
					how to handle the ink cartridges.   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					Copper-colored contacts   
					Plastic tape with pink pull tab (must be removed before installing)   
					Ink nozzles under tape   
					Hold the ink cartridges by their black plastic sides, with the label on top. Do not touch   
					the copper-colored contacts or the ink nozzles.   
					NOTE: Handle the ink cartridges carefully. Dropping or jarring cartridges can   
					cause temporary printing problems, or even permanent damage.   
					Replace the ink cartridges   
					Follow these instructions when the ink level is low.   
					NOTE: When the ink level for an ink cartridge is low, a message appears on the   
					display. You can also check the ink levels by using the printer Toolbox (Windows)   
					or the HP Printer Utility (Mac OS).   
					NOTE: Ink from the cartridges is used in the printing process in a number of   
					different ways, including in the initialization process, which prepares the device and   
					cartridges for printing. In addition, some residual ink is left in the cartridge after it is   
					used. For more information see www.hp.com/go/inkusage.   
					Ink level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only. When   
					you receive a low-ink warning message, consider having a replacement cartridge   
					Work with ink cartridges   
					99   
				Chapter 8   
					available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink   
					cartridges until print quality becomes unacceptable.   
					To order ink cartridges for the device, go to www.hpshopping.com. If prompted,   
					choose your country/region, follow the prompts to select your product, and then click   
					one of the shopping links on the page.   
					To replace the ink cartridges   
					1. Make sure the device is on.   
					CAUTION: If the HP All-in-One is off when you open the front access door to   
					access the ink cartridges, the device will not release the cartridges for   
					changing. You might damage the device if the ink cartridges are not docked   
					safely when you try to remove them.   
					2. Open the front access door.   
					The print carriage moves to the far right side of the device.   
					3. Wait until the print carriage is idle and silent, and then lightly press down on an ink   
					cartridge to release it.   
					If you are replacing the tri-color ink cartridge, remove the ink cartridge from the slot   
					on the left.   
					100   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				If you are replacing the black, photo, or gray photo ink cartridge, remove the ink   
					cartridge from the slot on the right.   
					4. Pull the ink cartridge toward you out of its slot.   
					5. If you are removing the black ink cartridge in order to install the photo or gray   
					photo ink cartridge, store the black ink cartridge in the ink cartridge protector or an   
					airtight plastic container.   
					6. Remove the new ink cartridge from its packaging and, being careful to touch only   
					the black plastic, gently remove the plastic tape by using the pink pull tab.   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					Copper-colored contacts   
					Plastic tape with pink pull tab (must be removed before installing)   
					Ink nozzles under tape   
					CAUTION: Do not touch the copper-colored contacts or ink nozzles. Also, do   
					not re-tape the ink cartridges. Doing so can result in clogs, ink failure, and bad   
					electrical connections.   
					Work with ink cartridges   
					101   
				Chapter 8   
					7. Hold the ink cartridge with the HP logo on top, and insert the new ink cartridge into   
					the empty cartridge slot. Make sure you push the ink cartridge in firmly until it   
					snaps into place.   
					If you are installing the tri-color ink cartridge, slide it into the left slot.   
					If you are installing a black, photo, or gray photo ink cartridge, slide it into the right   
					slot.   
					8. Close the front access door.   
					If you installed a new ink cartridge, the device prints an ink cartridge alignment   
					page.   
					9. When prompted, ensure plain white paper is loaded in the input tray, then press OK.   
					10. Load the ink cartridge alignment sheet face down on the scanner glass in the front   
					right corner with the top of the page to the right, and then press OK. For more   
					information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.   
					The HP All-in-One aligns the ink cartridges. Recycle or discard the ink cartridge   
					alignment sheet.   
					Align the ink cartridges   
					The HP All-in-One prompts you to align cartridges every time you install or replace an   
					ink cartridge. You can also align the ink cartridges at any time from the device control   
					panel or by using the software you installed with the device. Aligning the ink cartridges   
					ensures high-quality output.   
					NOTE: If you remove and reinstall the same ink cartridge, the device will not   
					prompt you to align the ink cartridges. It remembers the alignment values for that   
					ink cartridge, so you do not need to realign the ink cartridges.   
					102   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				To align the ink cartridges from the device control panel when prompted   
					1. Make sure you have letter or A4 unused plain white paper loaded in the input tray,   
					and then press OK.   
					NOTE: If you have colored paper loaded in the input tray when you align the   
					ink cartridges, the alignment will fail. Load unused plain white paper into the   
					input tray, and then try the alignment again.   
					If the alignment fails again, you might have a defective sensor or ink cartridge.   
					Contact HP Support. Go to www.hp.com/support. If prompted, choose your   
					country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on calling for   
					technical support.   
					The HP All-in-One prints an ink cartridge alignment sheet.   
					2. Load the ink cartridge alignment sheet face down on the scanner glass in the front   
					right corner with the top of the page to the right, and then press OK. For more   
					information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.   
					The HP All-in-One aligns the ink cartridges. Recycle or discard the ink cartridge   
					alignment sheet.   
					To align the cartridges from the device control panel at any time   
					1. Load letter, A4, or legal unused plain white paper into the input tray.   
					NOTE: If you have colored paper loaded in the input tray when you align the   
					ink cartridges, the alignment will fail. Load unused plain white paper into the   
					input tray, and then try the alignment again.   
					If the alignment fails again, you might have a defective sensor or ink cartridge.   
					Contact HP Support. Go to www.hp.com/support. If prompted, choose your   
					country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on calling for   
					technical support.   
					2. Press Setup.   
					3. Selects Tools and then select Align Cartridge.   
					The HP All-in-One prints an ink cartridge alignment sheet.   
					4. Load the ink cartridge alignment sheet face down on the scanner glass in the front   
					right corner with the top of the page to the right, and then press OK. For more   
					information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.   
					The HP All-in-One aligns the ink cartridges. Recycle or discard the ink cartridge   
					alignment sheet.   
					To align the ink cartridges from the HP Photosmart Software (Windows)   
					1. Load letter, A4, or legal unused plain white paper into the input tray.   
					2. In the HP Solution Center, click Settings, point to Print Settings, and then click   
					Printer Toolbox.   
					NOTE: You can also open the Printer Toolbox from the Print Properties   
					dialog box. In the Print Properties dialog box, click the Services tab, and then   
					click Service this device.   
					The Printer Toolbox appears.   
					Work with ink cartridges   
					103   
				Chapter 8   
					3. Click the Device Services tab.   
					4. Click Align the ink Cartridges.   
					The HP All-in-One prints an ink cartridge alignment sheet.   
					5. Load the ink cartridge alignment sheet face down on the scanner glass in the front   
					right corner with the top of the page to the right, and then press OK. For more   
					information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.   
					The HP All-in-One aligns the ink cartridges. Recycle or discard the ink cartridge   
					alignment sheet.   
					To align the ink cartridges from the HP Photosmart Studio Software (Mac OS)   
					1. Load letter, A4, or legal unused plain white paper into the input tray.   
					2. HP Printer Utility (Mac OS): Open the HP Printer Utility. For more information,   
					see HP Printer Utility (Mac OS). Click Align and follow the onscreen instructions.   
					The HP All-in-One prints an ink cartridge alignment sheet.   
					3. Load the ink cartridge alignment sheet face down on the scanner glass in the front   
					right corner with the top of the page to the right, and then press OK. For more   
					information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.   
					The HP All-in-One aligns the ink cartridges. Recycle or discard the ink cartridge   
					alignment sheet.   
					Clean the ink cartridges   
					Use this feature when there is streaking, white lines through any of the lines of color or   
					when a color is muddy. Do not clean ink cartridges unnecessarily, as this wastes ink   
					and shortens the life of the ink nozzles.   
					To clean the ink cartridges from the device control panel   
					1. Load letter, A4, or legal unused plain white paper into the input tray.   
					2. Press Setup.   
					3. Select Tools, and then select Clean Cartridge.   
					The device prints a page that you can recycle or discard.   
					If copy or print quality still seems poor after you clean the ink cartridges, try   
					cleaning the ink cartridge contacts before replacing the affected ink cartridge.   
					To clean the ink cartridges from the HP Photosmart Software   
					1. Load letter, A4, or legal unused plain white paper into the input tray.   
					2. In the HP Solution Center, click Settings, point to Print Settings, and then click   
					Printer Toolbox.   
					NOTE: You can also open the Printer Toolbox from the Print Properties   
					dialog box. In the Print Properties dialog box, click the Services tab, and then   
					click Service this device.   
					The Printer Toolbox appears.   
					3. Click the Device Services tab.   
					104   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				4. Click Clean the ink cartridges.   
					5. Follow the prompts until you are satisfied with the quality of the output, and then   
					click Done.   
					If copy or print quality still seems poor after you clean the ink cartridges, try   
					cleaning the ink cartridge contacts before replacing the affected ink cartridge.   
					HP Printer Utility (Mac OS)   
					1. Open the HP Printer Utility. For more information, see HP Printer Utility (Mac OS).   
					2. Click Clean and follow the onscreen instructions.   
					Clean the ink cartridge contacts   
					Clean the ink cartridge contacts only if you get repeated messages on the display   
					prompting you to check an ink cartridge after you already have cleaned or aligned the   
					ink cartridges.   
					Before cleaning the ink cartridge contacts, remove the ink cartridge and verify that   
					nothing is covering the ink cartridge contacts, then reinstall the ink cartridge. If you   
					continue to get messages to check the ink cartridges, clean the ink cartridge contacts.   
					Make sure you have the following materials available:   
					• 
					Dry foam rubber swabs, lint-free cloth, or any soft material that will not come apart   
					or leave fibers.   
					TIP: Coffee filters are lint-free and work well for cleaning ink cartridges.   
					• 
					Distilled, filtered, or bottled water (tap water might contain contaminants that can   
					damage the ink cartridges).   
					CAUTION: Do not use platen cleaners or alcohol to clean the ink cartridge   
					contacts. These can damage the ink cartridge or the HP All-in-One.   
					To clean the ink cartridge contacts   
					1. Turn on the device and open the ink cartridge door.   
					The print carriage moves to the far right side of the device.   
					2. Wait until the print carriage is idle and silent, and then unplug the power cord from   
					the back of the device.   
					NOTE: Depending how long the HP All-in-One is unplugged, the date and   
					time might be erased. You might need to reset the date and time later, when   
					you plug the power cord back in.   
					3. Lightly press down on the ink cartridge to release it, and then pull it toward you out   
					of the slot.   
					4. Inspect the ink cartridge contacts for ink and debris buildup.   
					5. Dip a clean foam rubber swab or lint-free cloth into distilled water, and squeeze   
					any excess water from it.   
					6. Hold the ink cartridge by its sides.   
					Work with ink cartridges   
					105   
				Chapter 8   
					7. Clean only the copper-colored contacts. Allow the ink cartridges to dry for   
					approximately ten minutes.   
					1 
					2 
					Copper-colored contacts   
					Ink nozzles (do not clean)   
					8. Slide the ink cartridge back into the slot. Push the ink cartridge forward until it   
					clicks into place.   
					9. Repeat if necessary for the other ink cartridge.   
					10. Gently close the ink cartridge door and plug the power cord into the back of the   
					device.   
					Clean the area around the ink nozzles   
					If the device is used in a dusty environment, a small amount of debris might   
					accumulate inside the device. This debris can include dust, hair, carpet, or clothing   
					fibers. When debris gets on the ink cartridges, it can cause ink streaks and smudges   
					on printed pages. Ink streaking can be corrected by cleaning around the ink nozzles   
					as described here.   
					NOTE: Clean the area around the ink nozzles only if you continue to see streaks   
					and smudges on your printed pages after you have already cleaned the ink   
					cartridges by using the device control panel or the software you installed with the   
					HP All-in-One.   
					106   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				Make sure you have the following materials available:   
					• 
					Dry foam rubber swabs, lint-free cloth, or any soft material that will not come apart   
					or leave fibers.   
					TIP: Coffee filters are lint-free and work well for cleaning ink cartridges.   
					• 
					Distilled, filtered, or bottled water (tap water might contain contaminants that can   
					damage the ink cartridges).   
					CAUTION: Do not touch the copper-colored contacts or ink nozzles. Touching   
					these parts can result in clogs, ink failure, and bad electrical connections.   
					To clean the area around the ink nozzles   
					1. Turn on the device and open the ink cartridge door.   
					The print carriage moves to the far right side of the device.   
					2. Wait until the print carriage is idle and silent, and then unplug the power cord from   
					the back of the device.   
					NOTE: Depending how long the HP All-in-One is unplugged, the date and   
					time might be erased. You might need to reset the date and time later, when   
					you plug the power cord back in.   
					3. Lightly press down on the ink cartridge to release it, and then pull it toward you out   
					of the slot.   
					NOTE: Do not remove both ink cartridges at the same time. Remove and   
					clean each ink cartridge one at a time. Do not leave an ink cartridge outside the   
					device for more than 30 minutes.   
					4. Place the ink cartridge on a piece of paper with the ink nozzles facing up.   
					5. Lightly moisten a clean foam rubber swab with distilled water.   
					Work with ink cartridges   
					107   
				Chapter 8   
					6. Clean the face and edges around the ink nozzle area with the swab, as shown   
					below.   
					1 
					2 
					Nozzle plate (do not clean)   
					Face and edges around the ink nozzle area   
					CAUTION: Do not clean the nozzle plate.   
					7. Slide the ink cartridge back into the slot. Push the ink cartridge forward until it   
					clicks into place.   
					8. Repeat if necessary for the other ink cartridge.   
					9. Gently close the ink cartridge door and plug the power cord into the back of the   
					device.   
					Store printing supplies   
					The ink cartridge protector is designed to keep an ink cartridge secure and prevent it   
					from drying out when it is not being used. Whenever you remove an ink cartridge from   
					the device with the intention of using it again later, store it in the ink cartridge   
					protector. For example, store the black ink cartridge in an ink cartridge protector if you   
					are removing it so you can print high-quality photos with the photo and tri-color ink   
					cartridges.   
					NOTE: If you do not have an ink cartridge protector, you can order one from HP   
					Support. For more information, see Support and warranty. You can also use an air-   
					tight container, such as a plastic tub. Make sure the nozzles are not touching   
					anything when you store the ink cartridges.   
					108   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				To insert an ink cartridge into the ink cartridge protector   
					Ÿ Place the n ink cartridge into the n ink cartridge protector at a slight angle and   
					snap it securely into place.   
					To remove the ink cartridge from the ink cartridge protector   
					Ÿ Press down on the top of the ink cartridge protector to release the ink cartridge,   
					then gently remove the ink cartridge out of the ink cartridge protector.   
					Clean the device   
					This section provides instructions for keeping the device in top working condition.   
					Perform these maintenance procedures as necessary.   
					Dust or dirt on the scanner glass, scanner lid backing, or scanner frame can slow   
					down performance, degrade the quality of scans, and affect the accuracy of special   
					features such as fitting copies to a certain page size.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Clean the scanner glass   
					Clean the exterior   
					Clean the automatic document feeder   
					Clean the scanner glass   
					To clean the scanner glass   
					1. Turn off the device.   
					2. Lift the scanner lid.   
					109   
					Clean the device   
				Chapter 8   
					3. Clean the glass by using a soft, lint-free cloth that has been sprayed with a mild   
					glass cleaner. Dry the glass with a dry, soft, lint-free cloth.   
					CAUTION: Use only glass cleaner to clean the scanner glass. Avoid cleaners   
					that contain abrasives, acetone, benzene, and carbon tetrachloride, all of which   
					can damage the scanner glass. Avoid isopropyl alcohol because it can leave   
					streaks on the glass.   
					CAUTION: Do not spray the glass cleaner directly on the glass. If too much   
					glass cleaner is applied, the cleaner could leak under the glass and damage   
					the scanner.   
					4. Close the scanner lid, and turn on the device.   
					Clean the exterior   
					NOTE: Before cleaning the device, turn off the power and unplug the power cord   
					from the electrical socket.   
					Use a soft, damp, lint-free cloth to wipe dust, smudges, and stains off of the case. The   
					exterior of the device does not require cleaning. Keep fluids away from the interior of   
					the device, as well as from the device control panel.   
					Clean the automatic document feeder   
					If the automatic document feeder picks up multiple pages or if it does not pick up plain   
					paper, you can clean the rollers and separator pad. Lift the automatic document feeder   
					cover to access the pick assembly inside the automatic document feeder, clean the   
					rollers or separator pad, and then close the cover.   
					110   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				If you have lines or dust appearing on scanned documents or faxes, clean the mylar   
					strip in the ADF.   
					To clean the rollers or separator pad   
					1. Remove all originals from the document feeder tray.   
					2. Lift the automatic document feeder cover (1).   
					This provides easy access to the rollers (2) and separator pad (3), as shown below.   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					Automatic document feeder cover   
					Rollers   
					Separator pad   
					3. Lightly dampen a clean lint-free cloth with distilled water, then squeeze any excess   
					liquid from the cloth.   
					4. Use the damp cloth to wipe any residue off the rollers or separator pad.   
					NOTE: If the residue does not come off using distilled water, try using   
					isopropyl (rubbing) alcohol.   
					5. Close the cover of the automatic document feeder.   
					111   
					Clean the device   
				Chapter 8   
					To clean the plastic strip inside the automatic document feeder   
					1. Turn off the device and unplug the power cord.   
					NOTE: Depending how long the device is unplugged, the date and time might   
					be erased. You might need to reset the date and time later, when you plug the   
					power cord back in.   
					2. Lift the cover of the automatic document feeder until it stops, and then gently pry   
					the cover to release the catch.   
					3. Continue lifting the automatic document feeder cover to the vertical position.   
					112   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				4. Lift the automatic document feeder mechanism.   
					5. Clean the plastic strip with a soft cloth or sponge slightly moistened with a   
					nonabrasive glass cleaner.   
					CAUTION: Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, or carbon tetrachloride   
					on the plastic strip, since they can damage it. Do not place or spray liquid   
					directly on the plastic strip. The liquid might seep under the glass and damage   
					the device.   
					6. Insert the plastic strip, hooking the holes in the plastic strip over the tabs. Gently   
					lower the automatic document feeder mechanism to avoid dislodging the plastic   
					strip, and then close the cover of the automatic document feeder.   
					7. Plug in the power cord, and then turn on the device.   
					NOTE: If you still see dust or lines on scans after cleaning the plastic strip,   
					you may need to order a new plastic strip. For more information, see Support   
					and warranty.   
					General troubleshooting tips and resources   
					Try these when you begin troubleshooting a printing problem.   
					• 
					• 
					For a paper jam, see Clear paper jams.   
					For paper-feed problems, such as the paper skew and paper pick, see Solve   
					paper-feed problems.   
					• 
					• 
					Power light is on and not blinking. When the device is turned on for the first time, it   
					takes approximately 12 minutes to initialize it after the ink cartridges are installed.   
					Power cord and other cables are working, and are firmly connected to the device.   
					Make sure the device is connected firmly to a functioning alternating current (AC)   
					power outlet, and is turned on. For voltage requirements, see Electrical   
					specifications.   
					• 
					• 
					Media is loaded correctly in the input tray and is not jammed in the device.   
					All packing tapes and materials are removed.   
					113   
					General troubleshooting tips and resources   
				Chapter 8   
					• 
					The device is set as the current or default printer. For Windows, set it as the   
					default in the Printers folder. For the Mac OS, set it as the default in the Printers &   
					Faxes section of the System Preferences. See your computer's documentation for   
					more information.   
					• 
					• 
					Pause Printing is not selected if you are using a computer running Windows.   
					You are not running too many programs when you are performing a task. Close   
					programs that you are not using or restart the computer before attempting the task   
					again.   
					Troubleshooting topics   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Solve printing problems   
					Poor print quality and unexpected printouts   
					Solve paper-feed problems   
					Solve copy problems   
					Solve scan problems   
					Solve fax problems   
					Troubleshoot installation issues   
					Solve printing problems   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					The device shuts down unexpectedly   
					Error message appears on control-panel display   
					The device is not responding (nothing prints)   
					Device takes a long time to print   
					Blank or partial page printed   
					Something on the page is missing or incorrect   
					Placement of the text or graphics is wrong   
					The device prints half a page, then ejects the paper   
					The device shuts down unexpectedly   
					Check the power and power connections   
					Make sure the device is connected firmly to a functioning alternating current (AC)   
					power outlet. For voltage requirements, see Electrical specifications.   
					Error message appears on control-panel display   
					A non-recoverable error has occurred   
					Disconnect all cables (such as power cord and USB cable), wait about 20 seconds,   
					and reconnect the cables. If the problem persists, visit the HP Web site (www.hp.com/   
					support) for the latest troubleshooting information, or product fixes and updates.   
					114   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				The device is not responding (nothing prints)   
					There are print jobs stuck in the print queue   
					Open the print queue, cancel all documents, and then reboot the computer. Try to print   
					after the computer reboots. Refer to the Help system for the operating system for more   
					information.   
					Check the device setup   
					For more information, see General troubleshooting tips and resources.   
					Check the device software installation   
					If the device is turned off when printing, an alert message should appear on your   
					computer screen; otherwise, the device software might not be installed correctly. To   
					resolve this, uninstall the software completely, and then reinstall the device software.   
					For more information, see Uninstall and reinstall the software.   
					Check the cable connections   
					• 
					• 
					Make sure both ends of the network/USB cable are secure.   
					If the device is connected to a network, check the following:   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					Check the Link light on the back of the device.   
					Make sure you are not using a phone cord to connect the device.   
					Check any personal firewall software installed on the computer   
					The personal software firewall is a security program that protects a computer from   
					intrusion. However, the firewall might block communication between the computer and   
					the device. If there is a problem communicating with the device, try temporarily   
					disabling the firewall. If the problem persists, the firewall is not the source of the   
					communication problem. Re-enable the firewall.   
					Device takes a long time to print   
					Check the system configuration and resources   
					Make sure the computer meets the minimum system requirements for the device. For   
					more information, see System requirements.   
					Check the device software settings   
					Print speed is slower when Best or Maximum dpi is selected as the print quality. To   
					increase the print speed, select different print settings in the device driver. For more   
					information, see Change print settings.   
					Blank or partial page printed   
					Clean the ink cartridge   
					Complete the ink cartridge cleaning procedure. For more information, see Clean the   
					ink cartridges.   
					115   
					Solve printing problems   
				Chapter 8   
					Check the media settings   
					• 
					Make sure you select the correct print quality settings in the printer driver for the   
					media loaded in the trays.   
					• 
					Make sure the page settings in the printer driver match the page size of media   
					loaded in the tray.   
					More than one page is being picked   
					For more information on paper-feed problems, see Solve paper-feed problems.   
					There is a blank page in the file   
					Check the file to make sure there is no blank page.   
					Something on the page is missing or incorrect   
					Check the margin settings   
					Make sure the margin settings for the document do not exceed the printable area of   
					the device. For more information, see Set minimum margins.   
					Check the color print settings   
					Make sure Print in Grayscale is not selected in the print driver.   
					Check the device location and length of USB cable   
					High electromagnetic fields (such as those generated by USB cables) can sometimes   
					cause slight distortions to printouts. Move the device away from the source of the   
					electromagnetic fields. Also, it is recommended that you use a USB cable that is less   
					than 3 meters (9.8 feet) long to minimize the effects of these electromagnetic fields.   
					Check the ink cartridges   
					Make sure the correct ink cartridges are installed and the ink cartridges are not low on   
					ink. For more information, see Manage the device and Work with ink cartridges.   
					Placement of the text or graphics is wrong   
					Check how the media is loaded   
					Make sure the media width and length guides fit snugly against the edges of the stack   
					of media, and make sure the tray is not overloaded. For more information, see Load   
					media.   
					Check the media size   
					• 
					Content on a page might be cut off if the document size is larger than the media   
					that you are using.   
					• 
					Make sure the media size selected in the printer driver match the size of media   
					loaded in the tray.   
					116   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				Check the margin settings   
					If the text or graphics are cut off at the edges of the page, make sure the margin   
					settings for the document do not exceed the printable area of your device. For more   
					information, see Set minimum margins.   
					Check the page-orientation setting   
					Make sure the media size and page orientation selected in the application match the   
					settings in the printer driver. For more information, see Change print settings.   
					Check the device location and length of USB cable   
					High electromagnetic fields (such as those generated by USB cables) can sometimes   
					cause slight distortions to printouts. Move the device away from the source of the   
					electromagnetic fields. Also, it is recommended that you use a USB cable that is less   
					than 3 meters (9.8 feet) long to minimize the effects of these electromagnetic fields.   
					If the above solutions do not work, the problem may be caused by the inability of the   
					application to interpret print settings properly. See the release notes for known   
					software conflicts, refer to the application's documentation, or contact the software   
					manufacturer for specific help.   
					The device prints half a page, then ejects the paper   
					Check the ink cartridges   
					Make sure the correct ink cartridges are installed and the ink cartridges are not low on   
					ink. For more information, see Manage the device and Work with ink cartridges.   
					HP cannot guarantee the quality of non-HP ink cartridges.   
					Poor print quality and unexpected printouts   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Common poor quality printout problems   
					Meaningless characters print   
					Ink is smearing   
					Ink is not filling the text or graphics completely   
					Output is faded or dull colored   
					Colors are printing as black and white   
					Wrong colors are printing   
					Printout shows bleeding colors   
					Colors do not line up properly   
					Lines or dots are missing from text or graphics   
					117   
					Poor print quality and unexpected printouts   
				Chapter 8   
					Common poor quality printout problems   
					Check the ink cartridges   
					Make sure the correct ink cartridges are installed and the ink cartridges are not low on   
					ink. For more information, see Manage the device and Work with ink cartridges.   
					HP cannot guarantee the quality of non-HP ink cartridges.   
					Check the paper quality   
					The paper might be too moist or too rough. Make sure the media meets HP   
					specifications, and try to print again. For more information, see Understand   
					specifications for supported media.   
					Check the type of media loaded in the device   
					Make sure the tray supports the type of media you have loaded. For more information,   
					see Understand specifications for supported media.   
					Check the device location and length of USB cable   
					High electromagnetic fields (such as those generated by USB cables) can sometimes   
					cause slight distortions to printouts. Move the device away from the source of the   
					electromagnetic fields. Also, it is recommended that you use a USB cable that is less   
					than 3 meters (9.8 feet) long to minimize the effects of these electromagnetic fields.   
					Align the ink cartridges   
					Align the ink cartridges. For more information, see Align the ink cartridges.   
					Clean the ink cartridge   
					The ink cartridges may need to be cleaned. For more information, see, Clean the ink   
					cartridges.   
					Meaningless characters print   
					If an interruption occurs to a job that is printing, the device might not recognize the rest   
					of the job.   
					Cancel the print job and wait for the device to return to the ready state. If the device   
					does not return to the ready state, cancel all jobs and wait again. When the device is   
					ready, resend the job. If prompted by the computer to retry the job, click Cancel.   
					Check the cable connections   
					If the device and computer are connected with a USB cable, the problem may be due   
					to a poor cable connection.   
					Make sure the cable connections at both ends are secure. If the problem persists, turn   
					off the device, disconnect the cable from the device, turn on the device without   
					connecting the cable, and delete any remaining jobs from the print spooler. When the   
					Power light is on and not flashing, reconnect the cable.   
					118   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				Check the document file   
					The document file may be damaged. If you can print other documents from the same   
					application, try printing a backup copy of your document, if available.   
					Align the ink cartridges   
					Align the ink cartridges. For more information, see Align the ink cartridges.   
					Ink is smearing   
					Check the print settings   
					• 
					When you print documents that use much ink, allow more time to dry before   
					handling the printouts. This is especially true for transparencies. In the printer   
					driver, select the Best print quality, and also increase the ink drying time and   
					reduce the ink saturation using the ink volume under the advanced features   
					(Windows) or ink features (Mac OS). However, note that decreasing ink saturation   
					might give printouts a "washed-out" quality.   
					• 
					Color documents that have rich, blended colors can wrinkle or smear when printed   
					using the Best print quality. Try using another print mode, such as Normal, to   
					reduce ink, or use HP Premium Paper designed for printing vivid color documents.   
					For more information, see Change print settings.   
					Check the media type   
					Some types of media do not accept ink well. For these types of media, ink will dry   
					more slowly and smearing may occur. For more information, see Understand   
					specifications for supported media.   
					Check the ink cartridges   
					Make sure the correct ink cartridges are installed and the ink cartridges are not low on   
					ink. For more information, see Manage the device and Work with ink cartridges.   
					HP cannot guarantee the quality of non-HP ink cartridges.   
					Clean the ink cartridge   
					The ink cartridges may need to be cleaned. For more information, see, Clean the ink   
					cartridges.   
					Ink is not filling the text or graphics completely   
					Check the media type   
					Some media types are not suitable for use with the device. For more information, see   
					Understand specifications for supported media.   
					Check the ink cartridges   
					Make sure the ink cartridges are not low on ink. For more information, see Manage the   
					device and Work with ink cartridges.   
					HP cannot guarantee the quality of non-HP ink cartridges.   
					119   
					Poor print quality and unexpected printouts   
				Chapter 8   
					Clean the ink cartridge   
					The ink cartridges may need to be cleaned. For more information, see, Clean the ink   
					cartridges.   
					Output is faded or dull colored   
					Check the print mode   
					The Draft or Fast mode in the printer driver allows you to print at a faster rate, which is   
					good for printing drafts. To get better results, select Normal or Best. For more   
					information, see Change print settings.   
					Check the paper type setting   
					When printing on transparencies or other special media, select the corresponding   
					media type in the print driver. For more information, see Print on special and custom-   
					sized media.   
					Clean the ink cartridge   
					The ink cartridges may need to be cleaned. For more information, see, Clean the ink   
					cartridges.   
					Check the ink cartridges   
					Make sure the correct ink cartridges are installed and the ink cartridges are not low on   
					ink. For more information, see Manage the device and Work with ink cartridges.   
					HP cannot guarantee the quality of non-HP ink cartridges.   
					Colors are printing as black and white   
					Check the print settings   
					Make sure Print in Grayscale is not selected in the printer driver. For information on   
					changing this setting, see Change print settings.   
					Wrong colors are printing   
					Check the print settings   
					Make sure Print in Grayscale is not selected in the printer driver. For information on   
					changing this setting, see Change print settings.   
					Check the ink cartridges   
					Make sure the correct ink cartridges are installed and the ink cartridges are not low on   
					ink. For more information, see Manage the device and Work with ink cartridges.   
					HP cannot guarantee the quality of non-HP ink cartridges.   
					Clean the ink cartridge   
					The ink cartridges may need to be cleaned. For more information, see, Clean the ink   
					cartridges.   
					120   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				Printout shows bleeding colors   
					Check the ink cartridges   
					Make sure the correct ink cartridges are installed and the ink cartridges are not low on   
					ink. For more information, see Manage the device and Work with ink cartridges.   
					HP cannot guarantee the quality of non-HP ink cartridges.   
					Check the print settings   
					Make sure Print in Grayscale is not selected in the printer driver. For information on   
					changing this setting, see Change print settings.   
					Check the media type   
					Some types of media do not accept ink well. For these types of media, ink will dry   
					more slowly and smearing may occur. For more information, see Understand   
					specifications for supported media.   
					Colors do not line up properly   
					Check the ink cartridges   
					Make sure the correct ink cartridges are installed and the ink cartridges are not low on   
					ink. For more information, see Manage the device and Work with ink cartridges.   
					HP cannot guarantee the quality of non-HP ink cartridges.   
					Check the graphics placement   
					Use the zoom or print preview feature of your software to check for gaps in the   
					placement of graphics on the page.   
					Align the ink cartridges   
					Align the ink cartridges. For more information, see Align the ink cartridges.   
					Lines or dots are missing from text or graphics   
					Check the ink cartridges   
					Make sure the ink cartridges are not low on ink. For more information, see Work with   
					ink cartridges.   
					HP cannot guarantee the quality of non-HP ink cartridges.   
					Solve paper-feed problems   
					Media is not supported for the printer or tray   
					Use only media that is supported for the device and the tray being used. For more   
					information, see Understand specifications for supported media.   
					121   
					Solve paper-feed problems   
				Chapter 8   
					Media is not picked up from a tray   
					• 
					Make sure media is loaded in the tray. For more information, see Load media. Fan   
					the media before loading.   
					• 
					Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct markings in the tray for the   
					media size you are loading. Also make sure the guides are snug, but not tight,   
					against the stack.   
					• 
					• 
					Make sure media in the tray is not curled. Uncurl paper by bending it in the   
					opposite direction of the curl.   
					When using thin special media, make sure that the tray is completely loaded. If you   
					are using special media that is only available in small quantities, try placing the   
					special media on top of other paper of the same size to help fill the tray. (Some   
					media is picked up more easily if the tray is full.)   
					• 
					If you are using thick special media (such as brochure paper), load media so that   
					the tray is between 1/4 and 3/4 full. If necessary, place the media on top   
					of other paper of the same size so that the stack height is within this range.   
					Media is not coming out correctly   
					• 
					Make sure the output tray extension is extended; otherwise, printed pages may fall   
					off the device.   
					• 
					Remove excess media from the output tray. There is a limit to the number of   
					sheets the tray can hold.   
					Pages are skewing   
					• 
					Make sure the media loaded in the trays is aligned to the paper guides. If needed,   
					pull out the trays from the device and reload the media properly, making sure that   
					the paper guides are properly aligned.   
					• 
					Load media into the device only when it is not printing.   
					Multiple pages are being picked up   
					• 
					• 
					Fan the media before loading.   
					Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct markings in the tray for the   
					media size you are loading. Also make sure the guides are snug, but not tight,   
					against the stack.   
					• 
					Make sure the tray is not overloaded with paper.   
					122   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				• 
					When using thin special media, make sure that the tray is completely loaded. If you   
					are using special media that is only available in small quantities, try placing the   
					special media on top of other paper of the same size to help fill the tray. (Some   
					media is picked up more easily if the tray is full.)   
					• 
					• 
					If you are using thick special media (such as brochure paper), load media so that   
					the tray is between 1/4 and 3/4 full. If necessary, place the media on top   
					of other paper of the same size so that the stack height is within this range.   
					Use HP media for optimum performance and efficiency.   
					Solve copy problems   
					If the following topics do not help, see Support and warranty for information about HP   
					support.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					No copy came out   
					Copies are blank   
					Documents are missing or faded   
					Size is reduced   
					Copy quality is poor   
					Copy defects are apparent   
					The device prints half a page, then ejects the paper   
					Error messages appear   
					Paper mismatch   
					No copy came out   
					• 
					Check the power   
					Make sure that the power cord is securely connected, and the device turned on.   
					• 
					Check the status of the device   
					ƕ 
					The device might be busy with another job. Check the control-panel display for   
					information about the status of jobs. Wait for any job that is processing to finish.   
					ƕ 
					The device might be jammed. Check for jams. See Clear paper jams.   
					• 
					Check the trays   
					Make sure that media is loaded. See Load media for more information.   
					Copies are blank   
					• 
					Check the media   
					The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard media specifications (for example, the   
					media is too moist or too rough). See Understand specifications for supported   
					media for more information.   
					• 
					• 
					Check the settings   
					The contrast setting might be set too light. Use the Copy button on the device   
					control panel to create darker copies.   
					Check the trays   
					If you are copying from the ADF, make sure that the originals have been loaded   
					correctly. For more information, see Load an original in the automatic document   
					feeder (ADF).   
					123   
					Solve copy problems   
				Chapter 8   
					Documents are missing or faded   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Check the media   
					The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard media specifications (for example, the   
					media is too moist or too rough). See Understand specifications for supported   
					media for more information.   
					Check the settings   
					The quality setting of Fast (which produces draft-quality copies) might be   
					responsible for the missing or faded documents. Change to the Normal or Best   
					setting.   
					Check the original   
					ƕ 
					The accuracy of the copy depends on the quality and size of the original. Use   
					the Copy menu to adjust the brightness of the copy. If the original is too light,   
					the copy might not be able to compensate, even if you adjust the contrast.   
					ƕ 
					Colored backgrounds might cause images in the foreground to blend into the   
					background, or the background might appear in a different shade.   
					Size is reduced   
					• 
					The reduce/enlarge or other copy feature might have been set from the device   
					control panel to reduce the scanned image. Check the settings for the copy job to   
					make sure that they are for normal size.   
					• 
					The HP photo and imaging software settings might be set to reduce the scanned   
					image. Change the settings, if needed. See the onscreen Help for the HP photo   
					and imaging software for more information.   
					Copy quality is poor   
					• 
					Take steps to improve the copy quality   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					Use quality originals.   
					Load the media correctly. If the media is loaded incorrectly, it might skew,   
					causing unclear images. See Understand specifications for supported media   
					for more information.   
					ƕ 
					Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals.   
					• 
					Check the device   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					The scanner lid might not be closed properly.   
					The scanner glass or lid backing might need cleaning. See Clean the device   
					for more information.   
					ƕ 
					The ADF might need cleaning. See Clean the device for more information.   
					Copy defects are apparent   
					• 
					Vertical white or faded stripes   
					The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard media specifications (for example, the   
					media is too moist or too rough). See Understand specifications for supported   
					media for more information.   
					• 
					Too light or dark   
					Try adjusting the contrast and copy-quality settings.   
					124   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				• 
					• 
					Unwanted lines   
					The scanner glass, lid backing, or frame might need cleaning. See Clean the   
					device for more information.   
					Black dots or streaks   
					Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the scanner   
					glass or lid backing. Try cleaning the device. See Clean the device for more   
					information.   
					• 
					• 
					Copy is slanted or skewed   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					Make sure that the ADF input tray is not too full.   
					Make sure that the ADF width adjusters are snug against the sides of the media.   
					Unclear text   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					Try adjusting the contrast and copy-quality settings.   
					The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the   
					setting and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. For more   
					information, see Change the copy settings.   
					• 
					• 
					Incompletely filled text or graphics   
					Try adjusting the contrast and copy-quality settings.   
					Large, black typefaces look splotchy (not smooth)   
					The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the   
					setting and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. For more   
					information, see Change the copy settings.   
					• 
					Horizontal grainy or white bands in light-gray to medium-gray areas   
					The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the   
					setting and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. For more   
					information, see Change the copy settings.   
					The device prints half a page, then ejects the paper   
					Check the ink cartridges   
					Make sure the correct ink cartridges are installed and the ink cartridges are not low on   
					ink. For more information, see Manage the device and Work with ink cartridges.   
					HP cannot guarantee the quality of non-HP ink cartridges.   
					Error messages appear   
					“Reload document and then reload job”   
					Press the OK button, and then reload the remaining documents (up to 20 pages) in   
					the ADF. For more information see Load originals.   
					Paper mismatch   
					Check the settings   
					Verify that the loaded media size and type matches the control panel settings.   
					125   
					Solve copy problems   
				Chapter 8   
					Solve scan problems   
					If the following topics do not help, see Support and warranty for information about HP   
					support.   
					NOTE: If you are starting the scan from a computer, see the software Help for   
					troubleshooting information.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Scanner did nothing   
					Scan takes too long   
					Part of the document did not scan or text is missing   
					Text cannot be edited   
					Error messages appear   
					Scanned image quality is poor   
					Scan defects are apparent   
					Scanner did nothing   
					• 
					Check the original   
					Make sure that the original is placed on the scanner glass correctly. For more   
					information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.   
					• 
					Check the device   
					The device might be coming out of PowerSave mode after a period of inactivity,   
					which delays processing a short while. Wait until the device reaches the READY   
					state.   
					• 
					Check the software   
					Make sure the software is properly installed.   
					Scan takes too long   
					• 
					Check the settings   
					ƕ 
					If you set the resolution too high, the scan job takes longer and results in larger   
					files. To obtain good results when scanning or copying, do not use a resolution   
					that is higher than needed. You can lower the resolution to scan more quickly.   
					ƕ 
					If you acquire an image through TWAIN, you can change the settings so that   
					the original scans in black and white. See the onscreen Help for the TWAIN   
					program for information.   
					• 
					Check the status of the device   
					If you sent a print or copy job before you tried to scan, the scan starts if the   
					scanner is not busy. However, the printing and scanning processes share memory,   
					which means that the scan might be slower.   
					126   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				Part of the document did not scan or text is missing   
					• 
					Check the original   
					ƕ 
					Make sure that you loaded the original correctly. For more information, see   
					Load originals.   
					ƕ 
					Colored backgrounds can cause images in the foreground to blend into the   
					background. Try adjusting the settings before you scan the original, or try   
					enhancing the image after you scan the original.   
					• 
					Check the settings   
					ƕ 
					Make sure that the input media size is large enough for the original that you   
					are scanning.   
					ƕ 
					If you are using the HP photo and imaging software, the default settings in the   
					HP photo and imaging software might be set to automatically perform a   
					specific task other than the one that you are attempting. See the onscreen   
					Help for the HP photo and imaging software for instructions about changing the   
					properties.   
					Text cannot be edited   
					• 
					Check the settings   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					Make sure that the OCR software is set to edit text.   
					When you scan the original, make sure that you select a document type that   
					creates editable text. If text is classified as a graphic, it is not converted to text.   
					ƕ 
					Your OCR program might be linked to a word-processing program that does   
					not perform OCR tasks. See the product software Help for more information   
					about linking programs.   
					• 
					Check the originals   
					ƕ 
					Make sure that you placed the original correctly on the scanner glass. For   
					more information, see Load originals.   
					ƕ 
					The OCR program might not recognize text that is tightly spaced. For example,   
					if the text that the OCR program converts has missing or combined characters,   
					"rn" might appear as "m."   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					The accuracy of the OCR program depends on the image quality, text size,   
					and structure of the original and the quality of the scan itself. Make sure that   
					your original has good image quality.   
					Colored backgrounds can cause images in the foreground to blend too much.   
					Try adjusting the settings before you scan the original, or try enhancing the   
					image after you scan the original. If you are performing an OCR operation on   
					an original, any colored text on the original does not scan well, if at all.   
					127   
					Solve scan problems   
				Chapter 8   
					Error messages appear   
					"Unable to activate TWAIN source" or "An error occurred while acquiring the   
					image"   
					ƕ 
					If you are acquiring an image from another device, such as a digital camera or   
					another scanner, make sure that the other device is TWAIN-compliant. Devices   
					that are not TWAIN-compliant do not work with the device software.   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					Make sure that you have connected the USB Device Cable to the correct port on   
					the back of your computer.   
					Verify that the correct TWAIN source is selected. In the software, check the   
					TWAIN source by selecting Select Scanner on the File menu.   
					Scanned image quality is poor   
					The original is a second-generation photo or picture   
					Reprinted photographs, such as those in newspapers or magazines, are printed by   
					using tiny dots of ink that make an interpretation of the original photograph, which   
					degrades the quality. Often, the ink dots form unwanted patterns that can be detected   
					when the image is scanned or printed or when the image appears on a screen. If the   
					following suggestions do not solve the problem, you might need to use a better-quality   
					version of the original.   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					To eliminate the patterns, try reducing the size of the image after scanning.   
					Print the scanned image to see if the quality is better.   
					Make sure that the resolution and color settings are correct for the type of scan job.   
					Text or images on the back of a two-sided original appear in the scan   
					Two-sided originals can "bleed" text or images from the back side to the scan if the   
					originals are printed on media that is too thin or too transparent.   
					The scanned image is skewed (crooked)   
					The original might have been placed incorrectly. Be sure to use the media guides   
					when you place the original on the scanner glass. For more information, see Load   
					originals.   
					The image quality is better when printed   
					The image that appears on the screen is not always an accurate representation of the   
					quality of the scan.   
					ƕ 
					Try adjusting your computer monitor settings to use more colors (or levels of gray).   
					On Windows computers, you typically make this adjustment by opening Display   
					on the Windows control panel.   
					ƕ 
					Try adjusting the resolution and color settings.   
					The scanned image shows blots, lines, vertical white stripes, or other defects   
					ƕ 
					If the scanner glass is dirty, the image produced does not have optimum clarity.   
					See Clean the device for cleaning instructions.   
					ƕ 
					The defects might be on the original and not a result of the scanning process.   
					Graphics look different from the original   
					The graphics settings might not be suitable for the type of scan job that you are   
					performing. Try changing the graphics settings.   
					128   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				Take steps to improve the scan quality   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					Use high-quality originals.   
					Place the media correctly. If the media is placed incorrectly on the scanner glass, it   
					might skew, which causes unclear images. For more information, see Load originals.   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					Adjust the software settings according to how you plan to use the scanned page.   
					Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals.   
					Clean the scanner glass. See Clean the scanner glass for more information.   
					Scan defects are apparent   
					• 
					Blank pages   
					Make sure that the original document is placed correctly. Place the original   
					document face down on the flatbed scanner with the top-left corner of the   
					document located in the lower-right corner of the scanner glass.   
					• 
					Too light or dark   
					ƕ 
					Try adjusting the settings. Be sure to use the correct resolution and color   
					settings.   
					ƕ 
					The original image might be very light or dark or might be printed on colored   
					paper.   
					• 
					• 
					Unwanted lines   
					Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the scanner   
					glass. Try cleaning the scanner glass. See Clean the device for more information.   
					Black dots or streaks   
					ƕ 
					Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the scanner   
					glass, the scanner glass might be dirty or scratched, or the lid backing might be   
					dirty. Try cleaning the scanner glass and lid backing. See Clean the device for   
					more information. If cleaning does not correct the problem, the scanner glass   
					or lid backing might need to be replaced.   
					ƕ 
					The defects might be on the original and not a result of the scanning process.   
					• 
					• 
					Unclear text   
					Try adjusting the settings. Make sure that the resolution and color settings are   
					correct.   
					Size is reduced   
					The HP software settings might be set to reduce the scanned image. See the   
					product software Help for more information about changing the settings.   
					Solve fax problems   
					This section contains fax setup troubleshooting information for the device. If the device   
					is not set up properly for faxing, you might experience problems when sending faxes,   
					receiving faxes, or both.   
					If you are having faxing problems, you can print a fax test report to check the status of   
					the device. The test will fail if the device is not set up properly for faxing. Perform this   
					test after you have completed setting up the device for faxing. For more information,   
					see Test fax setup.   
					129   
					Solve fax problems   
				Chapter 8   
					If the test fails, review the report for information on how to fix any problems found. For   
					more information, see The fax test failed.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					The fax test failed   
					The display always shows Phone Off Hook   
					The device is having problems sending and receiving faxes   
					The device is having problems sending a manual fax   
					The device cannot receive faxes, but can send faxes   
					The device cannot send faxes, but can receive faxes   
					Fax tones are recorded on my answering machine   
					The phone cord that came with my device is not long enough   
					Color faxes do not print   
					The computer cannot receive faxes (Fax to PC)   
					The fax test failed   
					If you ran a fax test and the test failed, review the report for basic information about   
					the error. For more detailed information, check the report to see which part of the test   
					failed, and then review the appropriate topic in this section for solutions to try.   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					The "Fax Hardware Test" failed   
					The "Fax Connected to Active Telephone Wall Jack" test failed   
					The "Phone Cord Connected to Correct Port on Fax" test failed   
					The "Using Correct Type of Phone Cord with Fax" test failed   
					The "Dial Tone Detection" test failed   
					The "Fax Line Condition" test failed   
					The "Fax Hardware Test" failed   
					Solution:   
					• 
					Turn off the device by using the Power button located on the device control   
					panel and then unplug the power cord from the back of the device. After a few   
					seconds, plug the power cord in again, and then turn the power on. Run the   
					test again. If the test fails again, continue reviewing the troubleshooting   
					information in this section.   
					• 
					• 
					Try to send or receive a test fax. If you can send or receive a fax successfully,   
					there might not be a problem.   
					If you are running the test from the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or HP Fax   
					Setup Utility (Mac OS), make sure the device is not busy completing another   
					task, such as receiving a fax or making a copy. Check the display for a   
					message indicating that the device is busy. If it is busy, wait until it is finished   
					and in the idle state before running the test.   
					130   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				• 
					• 
					Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use   
					the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,   
					you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone   
					cord that came with the device, run the fax test again.   
					If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a   
					two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the   
					splitter and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.   
					After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it   
					passes and the device is ready for faxing. If the Fax Hardware Test continues to   
					fail and you experience problems faxing, contact HP Support. Go to www.hp.com/   
					support. If prompted, choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for   
					information on calling for technical support.   
					The "Fax Connected to Active Telephone Wall Jack" test failed   
					Solution:   
					• 
					Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the device to make   
					sure the phone cord is secure.   
					• 
					Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use   
					the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,   
					you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone   
					cord that came with the device, run the fax test again.   
					• 
					Make sure you have correctly connected the device to the telephone wall jack.   
					Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to   
					your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE   
					on the back of the device. For more information on setting up the device for   
					faxing, see Set up faxing for the device.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a   
					two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the   
					splitter and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.   
					Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack that   
					you are using for the device and check for a dial tone. If you do not hear a dial   
					tone, contact your telephone company and have them check the line.   
					Try to send or receive a test fax. If you can send or receive a fax successfully,   
					there might not be a problem.   
					After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it   
					passes and the device is ready for faxing.   
					131   
					Solve fax problems   
				Chapter 8   
					The "Phone Cord Connected to Correct Port on Fax" test failed   
					Solution: Plug the phone cord into the correct port.   
					1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to   
					your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE   
					on the back of the device.   
					NOTE: If you use the 2-EXT port to connect to the telephone wall jack,   
					you will not be able to send or receive faxes. The 2-EXT port should only   
					be used to connect other equipment, such as an answering machine.   
					Figure 8-1 Back view of the device   
					1 
					2 
					Telephone wall jack   
					Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the "1-LINE"   
					port   
					2. After you have connected the phone cord to the port labeled 1-LINE, run the   
					fax test again to make sure it passes and the device is ready for faxing.   
					3. Try to send or receive a test fax.   
					• 
					Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use   
					the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,   
					you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone   
					cord that came with the device, run the fax test again.   
					• 
					If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a   
					two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the   
					splitter and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.   
					The "Using Correct Type of Phone Cord with Fax" test failed   
					Solution:   
					• 
					Make sure you used the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to   
					connect to the telephone wall jack. One end of the phone cord should be   
					132   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				connected to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device, and the other   
					end to your telephone wall jack, as shown below.   
					1 
					2 
					Telephone wall jack   
					Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the "1-LINE"   
					port   
					If the phone cord that came with the device is not long enough, you can use a   
					coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an electronics   
					store that carries phone accessories. You will also need another phone cord,   
					which can be a standard phone cord that you might already have in your home   
					or office.   
					• 
					• 
					Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the device to make   
					sure the phone cord is secure.   
					Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use   
					the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,   
					you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone   
					cord that came with the device, run the fax test again.   
					• 
					If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a   
					two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the   
					splitter and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.   
					The "Dial Tone Detection" test failed   
					Solution:   
					• 
					Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the device, might be   
					causing the test to fail. To find out if other equipment is causing a problem,   
					disconnect everything from the phone line, and then run the test again. If the   
					Dial Tone Detection Test passes without the other equipment, then one or   
					more pieces of the equipment is causing problems; try adding them back one   
					at a time and rerunning the test each time, until you identify which piece of   
					equipment is causing the problem.   
					• 
					Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack that   
					you are using for the device and check for a dial tone. If you do not hear a dial   
					tone, contact your telephone company and have them check the line.   
					133   
					Solve fax problems   
				Chapter 8   
					• 
					Make sure you have correctly connected the device to the telephone wall jack.   
					Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to   
					your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE   
					on the back of the device.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a   
					two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the   
					splitter and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.   
					If your telephone system is not using a standard dial tone, such as some PBX   
					systems, this might cause the test to fail. This will not cause a problem sending   
					or receiving faxes. Try sending or receiving a test fax.   
					Check to make sure the country/region setting is set appropriately for your   
					country/region. If the country/region setting is not set or is set incorrectly, the   
					test might fail and you might have problems sending and receiving faxes.   
					Make sure you connect the device to an analog phone line or you will not be   
					able to send or receive faxes. To check if your phone line is digital, connect a   
					regular analog phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If you do not hear a   
					normal sounding dial tone, it might be a phone line set up for digital phones.   
					Connect the device to an analog phone line and try sending or receiving a fax.   
					• 
					Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use   
					the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,   
					you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone   
					cord that came with the device, run the fax test again.   
					After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it   
					passes and the device is ready for faxing. If the Dial Tone Detection test   
					continues to fail, contact your telephone company and have them check the phone   
					line.   
					The "Fax Line Condition" test failed   
					Solution:   
					• 
					Make sure you connect the device to an analog phone line or you will not be   
					able to send or receive faxes. To check if your phone line is digital, connect a   
					regular analog phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If you do not hear a   
					normal sounding dial tone, it might be a phone line set up for digital phones.   
					Connect the device to an analog phone line and try sending or receiving a fax.   
					• 
					• 
					Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the device to make   
					sure the phone cord is secure.   
					Make sure you have correctly connected the device to the telephone wall jack.   
					Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to   
					your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE   
					on the back of the device.   
					134   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				• 
					Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the device, might be   
					causing the test to fail. To find out if other equipment is causing a problem,   
					disconnect everything from the phone line, and then run the test again.   
					ƕ 
					If the Fax Line Condition Test passes without the other equipment, then   
					one or more pieces of the equipment is causing problems; try adding them   
					back one at a time and rerunning the test each time, until you identify which   
					piece of equipment is causing the problem.   
					ƕ 
					If the Fax Line Condition Test fails without the other equipment, connect   
					the device to a working phone line and continue reviewing the   
					troubleshooting information in this section.   
					• 
					• 
					If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a   
					two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the   
					splitter and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.   
					Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use   
					the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,   
					you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone   
					cord that came with the device, run the fax test again.   
					After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it   
					passes and the device is ready for faxing. If the Fax Line Condition test continues   
					to fail and you experience problems faxing, contact your telephone company and   
					have them check the phone line.   
					The display always shows Phone Off Hook   
					Solution: You are using the wrong type of phone cord. Make sure you are using   
					the phone cord that came with the device to connect the device to your phone line.   
					If the phone cord that came with the device is not long enough, you can use a   
					coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an electronics store   
					that carries phone accessories. You will also need another phone cord, which can   
					be a standard phone cord that you might already have in your home or office.   
					Solution: Other equipment that uses the same phone line as the device might be   
					in use. Make sure extension phones (phones on the same phone line, but not   
					connected to the device) or other equipment are not in use or off the hook. For   
					example, you cannot use the device for faxing if an extension phone is off the   
					hook, or if you are using a computer dial-up modem to send e-mail or access the   
					Internet.   
					The device is having problems sending and receiving faxes   
					Solution: Make sure the device is turned on. Look at the display on the device. If   
					the display is blank and the Power light is not lit, the device is turned off. Make   
					sure the power cord is firmly connected to the device and plugged into a power   
					outlet. Press the Power button to turn on the device.   
					135   
					Solve fax problems   
				Chapter 8   
					After turning on the device, HP recommends you wait five minutes before sending   
					or receiving a fax. The device cannot send or receive faxes while it is initializing   
					after being turned on.   
					Solution: If Fax to PC has been enabled, you may not be able to send or receive   
					faxes if the fax memory is full (limited by device memory).   
					Solution:   
					• 
					Make sure you used the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to   
					connect to the telephone wall jack. One end of the phone cord should be   
					connected to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device and the other   
					end to your telephone wall jack, as shown below.   
					1 
					2 
					Telephone wall jack   
					Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the "1-LINE"   
					port   
					If the phone cord that came with the device is not long enough, you can use a   
					coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an electronics   
					store that carries phone accessories. You will also need another phone cord,   
					which can be a standard phone cord that you might already have in your home   
					or office.   
					• 
					• 
					Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack that   
					you are using for the device and check for a dial tone. If you do not hear a dial   
					tone, call your local telephone company for service.   
					Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the device, might be in   
					use. For example, you cannot use the device for faxing if an extension phone   
					is off the hook, or if you are using a computer dial-up modem to send an e-mail   
					or access the Internet.   
					• 
					Check to see if another process has caused an error. Check the display or   
					your computer for an error message providing information about the problem   
					and how to solve it. If there is an error, the device will not send or receive a fax   
					until the error condition is resolved.   
					136   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				• 
					The phone line connection might be noisy. Phone lines with poor sound quality   
					(noise) can cause faxing problems. Check the sound quality of the phone line   
					by plugging a phone into the telephone wall jack and listening for static or other   
					noise. If you hear noise, turn Error Correction Mode (ECM) off and try faxing   
					again. For information about changing ECM, see the onscreen Help. If the   
					problem persists, contact your telephone company.   
					• 
					• 
					If you are using a digital subscriber line (DSL) service, make sure that you   
					have a DSL filter connected or you will not be able to fax successfully. For   
					more information, see Case B: Set up the device with DSL.   
					Make sure the device is not connected to a telephone wall jack that is set up   
					for digital phones. To check if your phone line is digital, connect a regular   
					analog phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If you do not hear a normal   
					sounding dial tone, it might be a phone line set up for digital phones.   
					• 
					• 
					If you are using either a private branch exchange (PBX) or an integrated   
					services digital network (ISDN) converter/terminal adapter, make sure the   
					device is connected to the correct port and the terminal adapter is set to the   
					correct switch type for your country/region, if possible. For more information,   
					see Case C: Set up the device with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line.   
					If the device shares the same phone line with a DSL service, the DSL modem   
					might not be properly grounded. If the DSL modem is not properly grounded, it   
					can create noise on the phone line. Phone lines with poor sound quality (noise)   
					can cause faxing problems. You can check the sound quality of the phone line   
					by plugging a phone into the telephone wall jack and listening for static or other   
					noise. If you hear noise, turn off your DSL modem and completely remove   
					power for at least 15 minutes. Turn the DSL modem back on and listen to the   
					dial tone again.   
					NOTE: You might notice static on the phone line again in the future. If the   
					device stops sending and receiving faxes, repeat this process.   
					If the phone line is still noisy, contact your telephone company. For information   
					on turning your DSL modem off, contact your DSL provider for support.   
					• 
					If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a   
					two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the   
					splitter and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.   
					The device is having problems sending a manual fax   
					Solution:   
					NOTE: This possible solution applies only in the countries/regions that   
					receive a 2-wire phone cord in the box with the device, including: Argentina,   
					Australia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Colombia, Greece, India, Indonesia,   
					Ireland, Japan, Korea, Latin America, Malaysia, Mexico, Philippines, Poland,   
					Portugal, Russia, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Spain, Taiwan, Thailand, USA,   
					Venezuela, and Vietnam.   
					137   
					Solve fax problems   
				Chapter 8   
					• 
					Make sure the telephone you use to initiate the fax call is connected directly to   
					the device. To send a fax manually, the telephone must be connected directly   
					to the port labeled 2-EXT on the device, as shown below.   
					1 
					2 
					Telephone wall jack   
					Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the "1-LINE"   
					port   
					3 
					Telephone   
					• 
					If you are sending a fax manually from your phone that is connected directly to   
					the device, you must use the keypad on the telephone to send the fax. You   
					cannot use the keypad on the device control panel of the device.   
					NOTE: If using a serial-type phone system, please connect your phone   
					directly on top of the device cable which has a wall plug attached to it.   
					The device cannot receive faxes, but can send faxes   
					Solution:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					If you are not using a distinctive ring service, check to make sure that the   
					Distinctive Ring feature on the device is set to All Rings. For more   
					information, see Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring.   
					If Auto Answer is set to Off, you will need to receive faxes manually;   
					otherwise, the device will not receive the fax. For information on receiving   
					faxes manually, see Receive a fax manually.   
					If you have a voice mail service at the same phone number you use for fax   
					calls, you must receive faxes manually, not automatically. This means that you   
					must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls. For information   
					on setting up the device when you have a voice mail service, see Case F:   
					Shared voice/fax line with voice mail. For information on receiving faxes   
					manually, see Receive a fax manually.   
					138   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				• 
					• 
					If you have a computer dial-up modem on the same phone line with the device,   
					check to make sure that the software that came with your modem is not set to   
					receive faxes automatically. Modems that are set up to receive faxes   
					automatically take over the phone line to receive all incoming faxes, which   
					prevents the device from receiving fax calls.   
					If you have an answering machine on the same phone line with the device, you   
					might have one of the following problems:   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					Your answering machine might not be set up properly with the device.   
					Your outgoing message might be too long or too loud to allow the device to   
					detect fax tones, and the sending fax machine might disconnect.   
					ƕ 
					Your answering machine might not have enough quiet time after your   
					outgoing message to allow the device to detect fax tones. This problem is   
					most common with digital answering machines.   
					The following actions might help solve these problems:   
					ƕ 
					When you have an answering machine on the same phone line you use for   
					fax calls, try connecting the answering machine directly to the device as   
					described in Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine.   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					Make sure the device is set to receive faxes automatically. For information   
					on setting up the device to receive faxes automatically, see Receive a fax.   
					Make sure the Rings to Answer setting is set to a greater number of rings   
					than the answering machine. For more information, see Set the number of   
					rings before answering.   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					Disconnect the answering machine and then try receiving a fax. If faxing is   
					successful without the answering machine, the answering machine might   
					be causing the problem.   
					Reconnect the answering machine and record your outgoing message   
					again. Record a message that is approximately 10 seconds in duration.   
					Speak slowly and at a low volume when recording your message. Leave at   
					least 5 seconds of silence at the end of the voice message. There should   
					be no background noise when recording this silent time. Try to receive a   
					fax again.   
					NOTE: Some digital answering machines might not retain the   
					recorded silence at the end of your outgoing message. Play back your   
					outgoing message to check.   
					139   
					Solve fax problems   
				Chapter 8   
					• 
					If the device shares the same phone line with other types of phone equipment,   
					such as an answering machine, a computer dial-up modem, or a multi-port   
					switch box, the fax signal level might be reduced. The signal level can also be   
					reduced if you use a splitter or connect extra cables to extend the length of   
					your phone. A reduced fax signal can cause problems during fax reception.   
					To find out if other equipment is causing a problem, disconnect everything   
					except the device from the phone line, and then try to receive a fax. If you can   
					receive faxes successfully without the other equipment, one or more pieces of   
					the other equipment is causing problems; try adding them back one at a time   
					and receiving a fax each time, until you identify which equipment is causing the   
					problem.   
					• 
					If you have a special ring pattern for your fax phone number (using a distinctive   
					ring service through your telephone company), make sure that the Distinctive   
					Ring feature on the device is set to match. For more information, see Change   
					the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring.   
					The device cannot send faxes, but can receive faxes   
					Solution:   
					• 
					The device might be dialing too fast or too soon. You might need to insert   
					some pauses in the number sequence. For example, if you need to access an   
					outside line before dialing the phone number, insert a pause following the   
					access number. If your number is 95555555, and 9 accesses an outside line,   
					you might insert pauses as follows: 9-555-5555. To enter a pause in the fax   
					number you are typing, press Redial/Pause, or press the Space (#) button   
					repeatedly, until a dash (-) appears on the display.   
					You can also send the fax using monitor dialing. This enables you to listen to   
					the phone line as you dial. You can set the pace of your dialing and respond to   
					prompts as you dial. For more information, see Send a fax using monitor dialing.   
					• 
					The number you entered when sending the fax is not in the proper format or   
					the receiving fax machine is having problems. To check this, try calling the fax   
					number from a telephone and listen for fax tones. If you cannot hear fax tones,   
					the receiving fax machine might not be turned on or connected, or a voice mail   
					service could be interfering with the recipient's phone line. You can also ask   
					the recipient to check the receiving fax machine for any problems.   
					140   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				Fax tones are recorded on my answering machine   
					Solution:   
					• 
					When you have an answering machine on the same phone line you use for fax   
					calls, try connecting the answering machine directly to the device as described   
					in Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine. If you do not connect   
					the answering machine as recommended, fax tones might be recorded on your   
					answering machine.   
					• 
					Make sure the device is set to receive faxes automatically and that the Rings   
					to Answer setting is correct. The number of rings to answer for the device   
					should be greater than the number of rings to answer for the answering   
					machine. If the answering machine and the device are set to the same number   
					of rings to answer, both devices answer the call and fax tones are recorded on   
					the answering machine.   
					• 
					Set your answering machine to a low number of rings and the device to answer   
					in the maximum number of rings supported. (The maximum number of rings   
					varies by country/region.) In this setup, the answering machine answers the   
					call and the device monitors the line. If the device detects fax tones, the device   
					receives the fax. If the call is a voice call, the answering machine records the   
					incoming message. For more information, see Set the number of rings before   
					answering.   
					The phone cord that came with my device is not long enough   
					Solution: If the phone cord that came with the device is not long enough, you   
					can use a coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an   
					electronics store that carries phone accessories. You will also need another phone   
					cord, which can be a standard phone cord that you might already have in your   
					home or office.   
					TIP: If the device came with a 2-wire phone cord adaptor, you can use it with   
					a 4-wire phone cord to extend the length. For information on using the 2-wire   
					phone cord adaptor, see the documentation that came with it.   
					To extend your phone cord   
					1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to   
					the coupler, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back   
					of the device.   
					2. Connect another phone cord to the open port on the coupler and to the   
					telephone wall jack.   
					Color faxes do not print   
					Cause: The Incoming Fax Printing option is turned off.   
					Solution: To print color faxes, make sure that the Incoming Fax Printing option in   
					the device control panel is turned on.   
					141   
					Solve fax problems   
				Chapter 8   
					The computer cannot receive faxes (Fax to PC)   
					Cause: The HP Digital Imaging monitor is turned off.   
					Solution: Check the taskbar and ensure that the HP Digital Imaging monitor is   
					turned on at all times.   
					Cause: The computer selected to receive faxes is turned off.   
					Solution: Make sure the computer selected to receive faxes is switched on at all   
					times.   
					Cause: Different computers are configured for setup and receiving faxes and one   
					of them may be switched off.   
					Solution: If the computer receiving faxes is different from the one used for setup,   
					both computers should be switched on at all times.   
					Cause: Fax to PC is not activated or the computer is not configured to receive   
					faxes.   
					Solution: Activate Fax to PC and make sure the computer is configured to   
					receive faxes.   
					Cause: HP Digital Imaging Monitor is not operating properly.   
					Solution: Restart the HP Digital Imaging Monitor or restart the computer.   
					Troubleshoot installation issues   
					If the following topics do not help, see Support and warranty for information about HP   
					support.   
					• 
					• 
					Hardware installation suggestions   
					Software installation suggestions   
					Hardware installation suggestions   
					Check the device   
					• 
					Make sure that all packing tape and material have been removed from outside and   
					inside the device.   
					• 
					• 
					Make sure that the device is loaded with paper.   
					Make sure that no lights are on or blinking except the Ready light, which should be   
					on. If the Attention light is blinking, check for messages on the device control panel.   
					Check the hardware connections   
					• 
					• 
					Make sure that any cords and cables that you are using are in good working order.   
					Make sure that the power cord is connected securely to both the device and to a   
					working power outlet.   
					• 
					Make sure that the phone cord is connected to the 1-LINE port.   
					142   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				Check the ink cartridges   
					• 
					Whenever you install a new ink cartridge, the device aligns the ink cartridges   
					automatically. If the alignment fails, check to make sure the cartridges are installed   
					correctly, and start the ink cartridge alignment. For more information, see Align the   
					ink cartridges.   
					• 
					Make sure that all latches and covers are closed properly.   
					Check the computer system   
					• 
					• 
					Make sure that your computer is running one of the supported operating systems.   
					Make sure that the computer meets at least the minimum system requirements.   
					Check the device to ensure the following   
					• 
					Power light is on and not blinking. When the device is first turned on, it takes   
					approximately 45 seconds to warm up.   
					• 
					The device is in the Ready state, and no other lights on the device control panel   
					are lit or blinking. If lights are lit or blinking, see the message on the device control   
					panel.   
					• 
					Ensure power cord and other cables are working, and are firmly connected to the   
					device.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					All packing tapes and materials are removed from the device.   
					Duplexer is locked into place.   
					Paper is loaded correctly in the tray, and is not jammed in the device.   
					All latches and covers are closed.   
					Software installation suggestions   
					Verify installation preliminaries   
					• 
					Make sure to use the Starter CD that contains the correct installation software for   
					your operating system.   
					• 
					• 
					Before installing software, make sure that all other programs are closed.   
					If the computer does not recognize the path to the CD-ROM drive that you type,   
					make sure that you are specifying the correct drive letter.   
					• 
					If the computer cannot recognize the Starter CD in the CD-ROM drive, inspect the   
					Starter CD for damage. You can download the device driver from the HP Web site   
					(www.hp.com/support).   
					Check or perform the following   
					• 
					• 
					Make sure the computer meets the system requirements.   
					Before installing software on a Windows computer, ensure all other programs are   
					closed.   
					• 
					• 
					If the computer does not recognize the path to the CD drive that you typed, ensure   
					you are specifying the correct drive letter.   
					If the computer cannot recognize the Starter CD in the CD drive, inspect the CD for   
					damage. You can download the device driver from the HP Web site (www.hp.com/   
					support).   
					143   
					Troubleshoot installation issues   
				Chapter 8   
					• 
					• 
					In the Windows device manager, make sure that the USB drivers have not been   
					disabled.   
					If you are using a computer running Windows, and the computer cannot detect the   
					device, run the uninstallation utility (util\ccc\uninstall.bat on the Starter CD) to   
					perform a clean uninstallation of the device driver. Restart your computer, and   
					reinstall the device driver.   
					Check the computer system   
					• 
					• 
					Make sure that your computer is running one of the supported operating systems.   
					Make sure that the computer meets at least the minimum system requirements.   
					Clear jams   
					Occasionally, media becomes jammed during a job. Try the following remedies before   
					you attempt to clear the jam.   
					• 
					Make sure that you are printing with media that meets specifications. For more   
					information, see Understand specifications for supported media.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Make sure that you are printing with media that is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged.   
					Make sure that the device is clean. For more information, see Clean the device.   
					Make sure that the trays are loaded correctly and are not too full. For more   
					information, see Load media.   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					Clear paper jams   
					Avoid paper jams   
					Clear paper jams   
					If the paper was loaded in the main tray, you might need to clear the paper jam from   
					the rear door.   
					Paper can also jam in the automatic document feeder. Several common actions can   
					cause paper to jam the automatic document feeder:   
					• 
					Placing too much paper in the document feeder tray. For information on the   
					maximum number of sheets allowed in the automatic document feeder, see Load   
					originals.   
					• 
					• 
					Using paper that is too thick or too thin for the device.   
					Trying to add paper to the document feeder tray while the device is feeding pages.   
					To clear a paper jam from the rear door   
					1. Press in the tab on the left side of the rear door to release the door. Remove the   
					door by pulling it away from the device.   
					CAUTION: Trying to clear a paper jam from the front of the device can   
					damage the print mechanism. Always access and clear paper jams through the   
					rear door.   
					144   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				2. Gently pull the paper out of the rollers.   
					CAUTION: If the paper tears when you are removing it from the rollers, check   
					the rollers and wheels for torn pieces of paper that might be remaining inside   
					the device. If you do not remove all the pieces of paper from the device, more   
					paper jams are likely to occur.   
					3. Replace the rear door. Gently push the door forward until it snaps into place.   
					4. Press OK to continue the current job.   
					To clear a paper jam in the automatic document feeder   
					1. Lift the cover of the automatic document feeder.   
					2. Gently pull the paper out of the rollers.   
					CAUTION: If the paper tears when you are removing it from the rollers, check   
					the rollers and wheels for torn pieces of paper that might be remaining inside   
					the device. If you do not remove all the pieces of paper from the device, more   
					paper jams are likely to occur.   
					3. Close the cover of the automatic document feeder.   
					145   
					Clear jams   
				Chapter 8   
					Avoid paper jams   
					To help avoid paper jams, follow these guidelines.   
					• 
					• 
					Remove printed papers from the output tray frequently.   
					Prevent curled or wrinkled paper by storing all unused paper flat in a resealable   
					bag.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Ensure that paper loaded in the input tray lays flat and the edges are not bent or   
					torn.   
					Do not combine different paper types and paper sizes in the input tray; the entire   
					stack of paper in the input tray must be the same size and type.   
					Adjust the paper-width guide in the input tray to fit snugly against all paper. Make   
					sure the paper-width guide does not bend the paper in the input tray.   
					• 
					• 
					Do not force paper too far forward in the input tray.   
					Use paper types that are recommended for the device. For more information, see   
					Understand specifications for supported media.   
					• 
					Do not leave originals on the glass. If you load an original in the automatic   
					document feeder while there is already an original on the glass, the original can   
					jam in the automatic document feeder.   
					146   
					Maintain and troubleshoot   
				A 
					HP supplies and accessories   
					This section provides information on HP supplies and accessories for the device. The information   
					is subject to changes, visit the HP Web site (www.hpshopping.com) for the latest updates. You   
					may also make purchases through the Web site.   
					• 
					• 
					Order printing supplies online   
					Supplies   
					Order printing supplies online   
					Besides the HP Web site, you may order printing supplies using the following tools:   
					• 
					• 
					Toolbox (Windows): On the Estimated Ink Level tab, click Shop Online.   
					HP Printer Utility (Mac OS): Click Supplies Status from the Information and Support   
					panel, click the Shop for HP Supplies drop-down menu, and then choose Online.   
					Supplies   
					• 
					HP media   
					HP media   
					To order media such as HP Premium Plus Photo Paper or HP Premium Paper, go to www.hp.com.   
					Choose your country/region, and then select Buy or Shopping.   
					147   
					HP supplies and accessories   
				B 
					Support and warranty   
					The information in Maintain and troubleshoot suggests solutions to common problems. If your   
					device is not operating correctly and those suggestions did not solve your problem, try using one   
					of the following support services to obtain assistance.   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement   
					Obtain electronic support   
					Obtain HP telephone support   
					Prepare the device for shipment   
					Pack the device   
					148   
					Support and warranty   
				Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement   
					149   
					Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement   
				Appendix B   
					Obtain electronic support   
					To find support and warranty information, go to the HP Web site at www.hp.com/support. If   
					prompted, choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on calling for   
					technical support.   
					This Web site also offers technical support, drivers, supplies, ordering information and other   
					options such as:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Access online support pages.   
					Send HP an e-mail message for answers to your questions.   
					Connect with an HP technician by using online chat.   
					Check for software updates.   
					You can also obtain support from the Toolbox (Windows) or HP Printer Utility (Mac OS), which   
					provide easy, step-by-step solutions to common printing problems. For more information, see   
					Toolbox (Windows) or HP Printer Utility (Mac OS).   
					Support options and availability vary by product, country/region, and language.   
					Obtain HP telephone support   
					During the warranty period, you may obtain assistance from the HP Customer Care Center.   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Before you call   
					Support process   
					HP support by phone   
					Additional warranty options   
					HP Quick Exchange Service (Japan)   
					Call HP Korea customer support   
					Before you call   
					Visit the HP Web site (www.hp.com/support) for the latest troubleshooting information, or product   
					fixes and updates.   
					To assist our Customer Care Center representatives to serve you better, prepare the following   
					information if you need to call HP.   
					1. Print the self-test report of the device. For more information, see Understand the self-test   
					report. If the device does not print, get the following information ready:   
					• 
					• 
					Device model   
					Model number and serial number (check the back of the device)   
					2. Check the operating system that you are using, such as Windows XP.   
					3. Note how the device is connected to your system, such as through USB or network   
					connection.   
					4. Obtain the version number of the printer software. (To find the version number of the printer   
					driver, open the printer settings or properties dialog box, and click the About tab.)   
					5. If you have a problem printing from a particular application, note the application and version   
					number.   
					150   
					Support and warranty   
				Support process   
					If you have a problem, follow these steps   
					1. Check the documentation that came with the device.   
					2. Visit the HP online support Web site at www.hp.com/support. HP online support is available   
					to all HP customers. It is the fastest source for up-to-date device information and expert   
					assistance and includes the following features:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Fast access to qualified online support specialists   
					Software and driver updates for the HP All-in-One   
					Valuable troubleshooting information for common problems   
					Proactive device updates, support alerts, and HP newsgrams that are available when   
					you register the HP All-in-One   
					3. Call HP support. Support options and availability vary by device, country/region, and language.   
					HP support by phone   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Phone support period   
					Telephone support numbers   
					Placing a call   
					After the phone support period   
					Phone support period   
					One year of phone support is available in North America, Asia Pacific, and Latin America   
					(including Mexico).   
					Telephone support numbers   
					In many locations, HP provides toll free telephone support during the warranty period. However,   
					some of the support numbers might not be toll free.   
					For the most current list of telephone support numbers, see www.hp.com/support.   
					Placing a call   
					Call HP support while you are in front of the computer and the HP All-in-One. Be prepared to   
					provide the following information:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Model number (located on the label on the front of the device)   
					Serial number (located on the back or bottom of the device)   
					Messages that appear when the situation occurs   
					Answers to these questions:   
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					ƕ 
					Has this situation happened before?   
					Can you re-create it?   
					Did you add any new hardware or software to your computer at about the time that this   
					situation began?   
					ƕ 
					Did anything else occur prior to this situation (such as a thunderstorm, HP All-in-One was   
					moved, etc.)?   
					After the phone support period   
					After the phone support period, help is available from HP at an additional cost. Help may also be   
					available at the HP online support Web site: www.hp.com/support. Contact your HP dealer or call   
					the support phone number for your country/region to learn more about support options.   
					151   
					Obtain HP telephone support   
				Appendix B   
					Additional warranty options   
					Extended service plans are available for the HP All-in-One at additional costs. Go to www.hp.com/   
					support, select your country/region and language, then explore the services and warranty area for   
					information about the extended service plans.   
					HP Quick Exchange Service (Japan)   
					For instructions on how to pack your device for exchange, see Pack the device.   
					Call HP Korea customer support   
					152   
					Support and warranty   
				Prepare the device for shipment   
					If after contacting HP Customer Support or returning to the point of purchase, you are requested   
					to send the device in for service, make sure you remove and keep the following items before   
					returning your device:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					The ink cartridges   
					The power cord, USB cable, and any other cable connected to the device   
					Any paper loaded in the main tray   
					Remove any originals you might have loaded in the device   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					Remove the ink cartridges before shipment   
					• 
					Remove the ink cartridges before shipment   
					Before you return the device, make sure you remove the ink cartridges.   
					NOTE: This information does not apply to customers in Japan.   
					To remove ink cartridges before shipment   
					1. Turn on the device and wait until the print carriage is idle and silent. If the device will not turn   
					on, skip this step and go to step 2.   
					NOTE: If the device does not turn on, you can unplug the power cord and then   
					manually slide the print carriage to the far right side to remove the ink cartridges.   
					2. Gently pull open the ink cartridge cover.   
					153   
					Prepare the device for shipment   
				Appendix B   
					3. Remove the ink cartridges from their slots by grasping each between your thumb and   
					forefinger and pulling it firmly toward you.   
					4. Place the ink cartridges in an airtight plastic container so they will not dry out, and put them   
					aside. Do not send them with the device unless the HP customer support call agent instructs   
					you to.   
					5. Close the front access door and wait a few minutes for the print carriage to move back to its   
					home position (on the left side).   
					6. After the scanner is idle and has returned to its parked position, press the Power button to   
					turn off the device.   
					Pack the device   
					Complete the following steps after you have prepared the device for shipment.   
					To pack the device   
					1. If available, pack the device for shipment by using the original packaging materials, or use   
					the packaging materials that came with your replacement device.   
					154   
					Support and warranty   
				If you do not have the original packaging materials, please use other adequate packaging   
					materials. Shipping damage caused by improper packaging and/or improper transportation is   
					not covered under the warranty.   
					2. Place the return shipping label on the outside of the box.   
					3. Include the following items in the box:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					A complete description of symptoms for service personnel (samples of print quality   
					problems are helpful).   
					A copy of the sales slip or other proof of purchase to establish the warranty coverage   
					period.   
					Your name, address, and a phone number where you can be reached during the day.   
					155   
					Pack the device   
				C 
					Device specifications   
					For media and media-handling specifications, see Understand specifications for supported media.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Physical specifications   
					Product features and capacities   
					Processor and memory specifications   
					System requirements   
					Print specifications   
					Copy specifications   
					Fax specifications   
					Scan specifications   
					Environmental specifications   
					Electrical specifications   
					Acoustic emission specifications (print in Draft mode, noise levels per ISO 7779)   
					Physical specifications   
					Size (width x depth x height)   
					433.5 x 401.5 x 216.7 mm (17.1 x 15.8 x 8.5 inches)   
					Device weight (does not include print supplies)   
					5.9 kg (13 lb)   
					Product features and capacities   
					Feature   
					Capacity   
					Connectivity   
					Ink cartridges   
					Supply yields   
					USB 2.0-compliant high speed device   
					Black and tri-color ink cartridge   
					Visit www.hp.com/pageyield/ for more   
					information on estimated ink cartridge yields.   
					Device languages   
					Duty cycle   
					HP PCL 3 GUI   
					Up to 3000 pages per month   
					Device control panel language support   
					Bulgarian, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch,   
					English, Finnish, French, German, Greek,   
					Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean,   
					Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Romanian,   
					Russian, Simplified Chinese, Slovak,   
					Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Traditional   
					Chinese, Turkish.   
					Language availability varies by country/region.   
					Processor and memory specifications   
					Device processor   
					ARM9 180 MHz   
					156   
					Device specifications   
				Device memory   
					16 MB RAM   
					System requirements   
					NOTE: For the most current information about supported operating systems and system   
					requirements, visit http://www.hp.com/support/   
					Operating system compatibility   
					• 
					Windows 2000, Windows XP Home, Windows XP Professional, Windows XP Professional   
					x64, Windows Vista, Windows Vista x64   
					NOTE: For Windows 2000 and Windows XP x64, only printer drivers, scanner drivers,   
					and the Toolbox are available.   
					• 
					• 
					Mac OS X (10.3.9, 10.4, 10.5)   
					Linux   
					Minimum requirements   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Windows 2000 Service Pack 4: Intel Pentium II or Celeron processor, 128 MB RAM, 200   
					MB free hard disk space   
					Windows XP (32-bit): Intel Pentium II or Celeron processor, 512 MB RAM, 410 MB free hard   
					disk space   
					Microsoft® Windows® x64: AMD Athlon 64, AMD Opteron, Intel Xeon processor with Intel   
					EM64T support, or Intel Pentium 4 processor with Intel EM64T support, 128 MB RAM, 200   
					MB free hard disk space, Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Windows Vista: 800 MHz 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64) processor, 512 MB RAM, 765 MB free   
					hard disk space   
					Mac OS X (v10.3.9, v10.4.9, v10.5): PowerPC G3, G4, G5, or Intel Core Duo processor, 256   
					MB memory, 500 MB free hard disk space   
					Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 (Windows 2000, Windows XP); Internet Explorer 7.0   
					(Windows Vista)   
					• 
					• 
					Quick Time 5.0 (Mac OS)   
					Adobe Acrobat Reader 5 or later   
					Recommended requirements   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Windows 2000 Service Pack 4: Intel Pentium III or higher processor, 256 MB RAM, 300 MB   
					free hard disk space   
					Windows XP (32-bit): Intel Pentium III or higher processor, 512 MB RAM, 450 MB free hard   
					disk space   
					Microsoft® Windows® XP x64: AMD Athlon 64, AMD Opteron, Intel Xeon processor with   
					Intel EM64T support, or Intel Pentium 4 processor with Intel EM64T support, 256 MB RAM,   
					300 MB free hard disk space   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Windows Vista: 1 GHz 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64) processor, 1 GB RAM, 800 MB free hard   
					disk space   
					Mac OS X (v10.3.9, v10.4.9, v10.5): PowerPC G3, G4, G5, or Intel Core Duo processor, 512   
					MB memory, 500 MB free hard disk space   
					Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or later (Windows 2000, Windows XP); Internet Explorer   
					7.0 or later (Windows Vista)   
					• 
					• 
					Quick Time 5.0 or later (Mac OS)   
					Adobe Acrobat Reader 5 or later   
					157   
					System requirements   
				Appendix C   
					Print specifications   
					Black print resolution   
					Up to 600 dpi rendered black (when printing from a computer)   
					Color print resolution   
					Up to 4800 x 1200 optimized dpi color on select HP photo papers with 1200 input dpi. Photo   
					papers include the following:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					HP Premium Plus Photo   
					HP Premium Photo   
					HP Advanced Photo   
					Photo Hagaki   
					Copy specifications   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Digital image processing   
					Up to 100 copies from original (varies by model)   
					Digital zoom: from 25 to 400% (varies by model)   
					Fit to page, pre-scan   
					Copy speeds vary according to the complexity of the document   
					Fax specifications   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Walk-up black-and-white and color fax capability.   
					Up to 99 speed dials (varies by model).   
					Up to 100-page memory (varies by model, based on ITU-T Test Image #1 at standard   
					resolution). More complicated pages or higher resolution takes longer and uses more   
					memory. Also, other product functions, such as copying, might affect the number of pages   
					that can be stored in memory.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Manual fax send and receive.   
					Automatic busy redial up to five times (varies by model).   
					Confirmation and activity reports.   
					CCITT/ITU Group 3 fax with Error Correction Mode.   
					33.6 Kbps transmission.   
					3 seconds per page speed at 33.6 Kbps (based on ITU-T Test Image #1 at standard   
					resolution). More complicated pages or higher resolution take longer and use more memory.   
					• 
					Ring detect with automatic fax/answering machine switching.   
					Photo (dpi)   
					Very Fine (dpi)   
					Fine (dpi)   
					Standard (dpi)   
					Black   
					Color   
					196 x 203 (8-bit   
					grayscale)   
					300 x 300   
					196 x 203   
					196 x 98   
					300 x 300   
					200 x 200   
					200 x 200   
					200 x 200   
					Scan specifications   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Image editor included   
					Integrated OCR software automatically converts scanned text to editable text   
					Scan speeds vary according to the complexity of the document   
					158   
					Device specifications   
				• 
					• 
					• 
					Twain-compliant interface   
					Resolution: 1200 x 2400 dpi optical, up to 19200 dpi enhanced   
					Color: 16-bit per RGB color, 48-bit total (from glass); 8-bit per RGB color, 24-bit total (from   
					ADF)   
					• 
					Maximum scan size from glass: 216 x 297 mm (8.5 x 11.7 inches)   
					Environmental specifications   
					Operating environment   
					Operating temperature: 5° to 40° C (41° to 104° F)   
					Recommended operating conditions: 15° to 32° C (59° to 90° F)   
					Recommended relative humidity: 20 to 80% noncondensing   
					Storage environment   
					Storage temperature: -40° to 60° C (-40° to 140° F)   
					Storage relative humidity: Up to 90% noncondensing at a temperature of 65° C (150° F)   
					Electrical specifications   
					Power supply   
					Universal power adapter (external)   
					Power requirements   
					Input voltage: 100 to 240 VAC (± 10%), 50/60 Hz (± 3Hz)   
					Output voltage: 32 Vdc, LPS (600 mA min)   
					Power consumption   
					17 watts printing   
					Acoustic emission specifications (print in Draft mode, noise levels   
					per ISO 7779)   
					Sound pressure (bystander position)   
					LpAd 56 (dBA)   
					Sound power   
					LwAd 7.0 (BA)   
					159   
					Acoustic emission specifications (print in Draft mode, noise levels per ISO 7779)   
				D 
					Regulatory information   
					The device meets product requirements from regulatory agencies in your country/region.   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					FCC statement   
					Notice to users in Korea   
					VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan   
					Notice to users in Japan about the power cord   
					RoHS notices (China only)   
					Noise emission statement for Germany   
					Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements   
					Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network   
					Notice to users in the European Economic Area   
					Notice to users of the German telephone network   
					Australia wired fax statement   
					Regulatory model number   
					Declaration of conformity   
					Environmental product stewardship program   
					160   
					Regulatory information   
				FCC statement   
					FCC statement   
					The United States Federal Communications Commission (in 47 CFR 15.105) has specified   
					that the following notice be brought to the attention of users of this product.   
					This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital   
					device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reason-   
					able protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment   
					generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in   
					accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.   
					However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.   
					If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can   
					be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct   
					the interference by one or more of the following measures:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Reorient the receiving antenna.   
					Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver.   
					Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the   
					receiver is connected.   
					• 
					Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.   
					For further information, contact:   
					Manager of Corporate Product Regulations   
					Hewlett-Packard Company   
					3000 Hanover Street   
					Palo Alto, Ca 94304   
					(650) 857-1501   
					Modifications (part 15.21)   
					The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this   
					device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the   
					equipment.   
					This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following   
					two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must   
					accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired   
					operation.   
					Notice to users in Korea   
					Notice to users in Korea   
					161   
				Appendix D   
					VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan   
					Notice to users in Japan about the power cord   
					RoHS notices (China only)   
					Toxic and hazardous substance table   
					Noise emission statement for Germany   
					Geräuschemission   
					LpA < 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz im Normalbetrieb nach DIN 45635 T. 19   
					162   
					Regulatory information   
				Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements   
					Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements   
					This equipment complies with FCC rules, Part 68. On this equipment is a label that   
					contains, among other information, the FCC Registration Number and Ringer Equivalent   
					Number (REN) for this equipment. If requested, provide this information to your telephone   
					company.   
					An FCC compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this equipment. This   
					equipment is designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using   
					a compatible modular jack which is Part 68 compliant. This equipment connects to the   
					telephone network through the following standard network interface jack: USOC   
					RJ-11C.   
					The REN is useful to determine the quantity of devices you may connect to your telephone   
					line and still have all of those devices ring when your number is called. Too many devices   
					on one line might result in failure to ring in response to an incoming call. In most, but not   
					all, areas the sum of the RENs of all devices should not exceed five (5). To be certain of the   
					number of devices you may connect to your line, as determined by the REN, you should call   
					your local telephone company to determine the maximum REN for your calling area.   
					If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, your telephone company might   
					discontinue your service temporarily. If possible, they will notify you in advance. If advance   
					notice is not practical, you will be notified as soon as possible. You will also be advised of   
					your right to file a complaint with the FCC. Your telephone company might make changes   
					in its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the proper operation   
					of your equipment. If they do, you will be given advance notice so you will have the   
					opportunity to maintain uninterrupted service. If you experience trouble with this equipment,   
					please contact the manufacturer, or look elsewhere in this manual, for warranty or repair   
					information. Your telephone company might ask you to disconnect this equipment from the   
					network until the problem has been corrected or until you are sure that the equipment is not   
					malfunctioning.   
					This equipment may not be used on coin service provided by the telephone company.   
					Connection to party lines is subject to state tariffs. Contact your state public utility commis-   
					sion, public service commission, or corporation commission for more information.   
					This equipment includes automatic dialing capability. When programming and/or making   
					test calls to emergency numbers:   
					• 
					• 
					Remain on the line and explain to the dispatcher the reason for the call.   
					Perform such activities in the off-peak hours, such as early morning or late evening.   
					Note The FCC hearing aid compatibility rules for telephones are not applicable   
					to this equipment.   
					The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a   
					computer or other electronic device, including fax machines, to send any message unless   
					such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page   
					or on the first page of transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the   
					business, other entity, or other individual sending the message and the telephone number   
					of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number   
					provided might not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local   
					or long-distance transmission charges.) In order to program this information into your fax   
					machine, you should complete the steps described in the software.   
					Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements   
					163   
				Appendix D   
					Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network   
					Note à l’attention des utilisateurs du réseau téléphonique   
					canadien/Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network   
					Cet appareil est conforme aux spécifications techniques des équipements terminaux   
					d’Industrie Canada. Le numéro d’enregistrement atteste de la conformité de l’appareil.   
					L’abréviation IC qui précède le numéro d’enregistrement indique que l’enregistrement a été   
					effectué dans le cadre d’une Déclaration de conformité stipulant que les spécifications   
					techniques d’Industrie Canada ont été respectées. Néanmoins, cette abréviation ne signifie   
					en aucun cas que l’appareil a été validé par Industrie Canada.   
					Pour leur propre sécurité, les utilisateurs doivent s’assurer que les prises électriques reliées   
					à la terre de la source d’alimentation, des lignes téléphoniques et du circuit métallique   
					d’alimentation en eau sont, le cas échéant, branchées les unes aux autres. Cette précaution   
					est particulièrement importante dans les zones rurales.   
					Remarque Le numéro REN (Ringer Equivalence Number) attribué à chaque   
					appareil terminal fournit une indication sur le nombre maximal de terminaux qui   
					peuvent être connectés à une interface téléphonique. La terminaison d’une   
					interface peut se composer de n’importe quelle combinaison d’appareils, à   
					condition que le total des numéros REN ne dépasse pas 5.   
					Basé sur les résultats de tests FCC Partie 68, le numéro REN de ce produit est 0.0B.   
					This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical   
					Specifications. This is confirmed by the registration number. The abbreviation IC before the   
					registration number signifies that registration was performed based on a Declaration of   
					Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. It does not   
					imply that Industry Canada approved the equipment.   
					Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the   
					power utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are   
					connected together. This precaution might be particularly important in rural areas.   
					Note The REN (Ringer Equivalence Number) assigned to each terminal device   
					provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be   
					connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface might consist   
					of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the   
					Ringer Equivalence Numbers of all the devices does not exceed 5.   
					The REN for this product is 0.0B, based on FCC Part 68 test results.   
					164   
					Regulatory information   
				Notice to users in the European Economic Area   
					Notice to users in the European Economic Area   
					This product is designed to be connected to the analog Switched Telecommunication   
					Networks (PSTN) of the European Economic Area (EEA) countries/regions.   
					Network compatibility depends on customer selected settings, which must be reset to use   
					the equipment on a telephone network in a country/region other than where the product   
					was purchased. Contact the vendor or Hewlett-Packard Company if additional product   
					support is necessary.   
					This equipment has been certified by the manufacturer in accordance with Directive   
					1999/5/EC (annex II) for Pan-European single-terminal connection to the public switched   
					telephone network (PSTN). However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs   
					provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional   
					assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point.   
					In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance.   
					This equipment is designed for DTMF tone dialing and loop disconnect dialing. In the   
					unlikely event of problems with loop disconnect dialing, it is recommended to use this   
					equipment only with the DTMF tone dial setting.   
					Notice to users of the German telephone network   
					Hinweis für Benutzer des deutschen Telefonnetzwerks   
					Dieses HP-Fax ist nur für den Anschluss eines analogen Public Switched Telephone Network   
					(PSTN) gedacht. Schließen Sie den TAE N-Telefonstecker, der im Lieferumfang des   
					HP All-in-One enthalten ist, an die Wandsteckdose (TAE 6) Code N an. Dieses HP-Fax kann   
					als einzelnes Gerät und/oder in Verbindung (mit seriellem Anschluss) mit anderen zugelass-   
					enen Endgeräten verwendet werden.   
					Australia wired fax statement   
					In Australia, the HP device must be connected to Telecommunication Network through a line   
					cord which meets the requirements of the Technical Standard AS/ACIF S008.   
					Australia wired fax statement   
					165   
				Appendix D   
					Regulatory model number   
					For regulatory identification purposes, your product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number. The   
					Regulatory Model Number for your product is SDGOB-0831. This regulatory number should not   
					be confused with the marketing name (HP Officejet J4500 All-in-One series) or product number.   
					Declaration of conformity   
					DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY   
					according to ISO/IEC 17050-1 and EN 17050-1   
					Supplier’s Name:   
					Hewlett-Packard Company   
					DoC#: SDGOB-0831-rel.1.0   
					16399 West Bernardo Drive   
					San Diego, CA 92127-1899, USA   
					Supplier’s Address:   
					declares, that the product   
					Product Name:   
					HP Officejet J4500 series   
					SDGOB-0831   
					All   
					Regulatory Model Number:1)   
					Product Options:   
					Power Adapter:   
					0957-2242   
					conforms to the following Product Specifications and Regulations:   
					IEC 60950-1:2001 / EN60950-1:2001   
					SAFETY:   
					EN 60825-1 1994+A1:2002+A2: 2001   
					CISPR 22:2005/ EN 55022: 2006 Class B   
					EN 55024:1998 +A1:2001 + A2:2003   
					EN 61000-3-2: 2000 + A2: 2005   
					EMC:   
					EN 61000-3-3:1995 +A1: 2001   
					FCC CFR 47, Part 15 Class B / ICES-003, Issue 4 Class B   
					TBR 21: 19983)   
					FCC Rules and Regulations 47CFR Part 68   
					TIA-968-A-1 +A-2 +A-3+A-4 Telecommunications – Telephone Terminal Equipment   
					CS-03, Part I, Issue 9, Feb 2005   
					TELECOM:   
					Supplementary Information:   
					1. This product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number which stays with the regulatory aspects of the design.   
					The Regulatory Model Number is the main product identifier in the regulatory documentation and test reports,   
					this number should not be confused with the marketing name or the product numbers.   
					2. This product complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC, the EMC Directive   
					2004/108/EC & the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC and carries the CE-marking accordingly. In addition, it   
					complies with the WEEE Directive 2002/96/EC and RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC.   
					3. This product complies with TBR21:1998, except clause 4.7.1 (DC characteristics), which complies with ES   
					203 021-3, clause 4.7.1.   
					4. This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two Conditions: (1)   
					This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,   
					including interference that may cause undesired operation.   
					5. The product was tested in a typical configuration.   
					San Diego, CA, USA   
					July, 2007   
					Local contact for regulatory topics only:   
					EMEA: Hewlett-Packard GmbH, HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, Germany www.hp.com/go/certificates   
					USA : Hewlett-Packard, 3000 Hanover St., Palo Alto 94304, U.S.A. 650-857-1501   
					166   
					Regulatory information   
				Environmental product stewardship program   
					Hewlett-Packard is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound manner.   
					Design for recycling has been incorporated into this product. The number of materials has been   
					kept to a minimum while ensuring proper functionality and reliability. Dissimilar materials have   
					been designed to separate easily. Fasteners and other connections are easy to locate, access,   
					and remove using common tools. High priority parts have been designed to access quickly for   
					efficient disassembly and repair.   
					For more information, visit HP’s Commitment to the Environment Web site at:   
					www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/index.html   
					This section contains the following topics:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Paper use   
					Plastics   
					Material safety data sheets   
					Recycling program   
					HP inkjet supplies recycling program   
					Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union   
					Energy Star® notice   
					Paper use   
					This product is suited for the use of recycled paper according to DIN 19309 and EN 12281:2002.   
					Plastics   
					Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the   
					ability to identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of product life.   
					Material safety data sheets   
					Material safety data sheets (MSDS) can be obtained from the HP Web site at:   
					www.hp.com/go/msds   
					Recycling program   
					HP offers an increasing number of product return and recycling programs in many countries/   
					regions, and partners with some of the largest electronic recycling centers throughout the world.   
					HP conserves resources by reselling some of its most popular products. For more information   
					regarding recycling of HP products, please visit:   
					www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/recycle/   
					HP inkjet supplies recycling program   
					HP is committed to protecting the environment. The HP Inkjet Supplies Recycling Program is   
					available in many countries/regions, and lets you recycle used ink cartridges and ink cartridges   
					free of charge. For more information, go to the following Web site:   
					www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/recycle/   
					167   
					Environmental product stewardship program   
				Appendix D   
					Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union   
					Disposal of Waste Equipment by Users in Private Households in the European Union   
					This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product must not be disposed of with your other household waste. Instead, it is your responsibility to dispose of your waste   
					equipment by handing it over to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. The separate collection and recycling of your waste equipment   
					at the time of disposal will help to conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health and the environment. For more information about where   
					you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please contact your local city office, your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product.   
					Évacuation des équipements usagés par les utilisateurs dans les foyers privés au sein de l'Union européenne   
					La présence de ce symbole sur le produit ou sur son emballage indique que vous ne pouvez pas vous débarrasser de ce produit de la même façon que vos déchets courants.   
					Au contraire, vous êtes responsable de l'évacuation de vos équipements usagés et, à cet effet, vous êtes tenu de les remettre à un point de collecte agréé pour le recyclage des   
					équipements électriques et électroniques usagés. Le tri, l'évacuation et le recyclage séparés de vos équipements usagés permettent de préserver les ressources naturelles et de s'assurer   
					que ces équipements sont recyclés dans le respect de la santé humaine et de l'environnement. Pour plus d'informations sur les lieux de collecte des équipements usagés, veuillez contacter   
					votre mairie, votre service de traitement des déchets ménagers ou le magasin où vous avez acheté le produit.   
					Entsorgung von Elektrogeräten durch Benutzer in privaten Haushalten in der EU   
					Dieses Symbol auf dem Produkt oder dessen Verpackung gibt an, dass das Produkt nicht zusammen mit dem Restmüll entsorgt werden darf. Es obliegt daher Ihrer Verantwortung, das   
					Gerät an einer entsprechenden Stelle für die Entsorgung oder Wiederverwertung von Elektrogeräten aller Art abzugeben (z.B. ein Wertstoffhof). Die separate Sammlung und das   
					Recyceln Ihrer alten Elektrogeräte zum Zeitpunkt ihrer Entsorgung trägt zum Schutz der Umwelt bei und gewährleistet, dass sie auf eine Art und Weise recycelt werden, die keine   
					Gefährdung für die Gesundheit des Menschen und der Umwelt darstellt. Weitere Informationen darüber, wo Sie alte Elektrogeräte zum Recyceln abgeben können, erhalten Sie bei   
					den örtlichen Behörden, Wertstoffhöfen oder dort, wo Sie das Gerät erworben haben.   
					Smaltimento di apparecchiature da rottamare da parte di privati nell'Unione Europea   
					Questo simbolo che appare sul prodotto o sulla confezione indica che il prodotto non deve essere smaltito assieme agli altri rifiuti domestici. Gli utenti devono provvedere allo   
					smaltimento delle apparecchiature da rottamare portandole al luogo di raccolta indicato per il riciclaggio delle apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche. La raccolta e il riciclaggio   
					separati delle apparecchiature da rottamare in fase di smaltimento favoriscono la conservazione delle risorse naturali e garantiscono che tali apparecchiature vengano rottamate   
					nel rispetto dell'ambiente e della tutela della salute. Per ulteriori informazioni sui punti di raccolta delle apparecchiature da rottamare, contattare il proprio comune di residenza,   
					il servizio di smaltimento dei rifiuti locale o il negozio presso il quale è stato acquistato il prodotto.   
					Eliminación de residuos de aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos por parte de usuarios domésticos en la Unión Europea   
					Este símbolo en el producto o en el embalaje indica que no se puede desechar el producto junto con los residuos domésticos. Por el contrario, si debe eliminar este tipo de residuo, es   
					responsabilidad del usuario entregarlo en un punto de recogida designado de reciclado de aparatos electrónicos y eléctricos. El reciclaje y la recogida por separado de estos residuos   
					en el momento de la eliminación ayudará a preservar recursos naturales y a garantizar que el reciclaje proteja la salud y el medio ambiente. Si desea información adicional sobre los   
					lugares donde puede dejar estos residuos para su reciclado, póngase en contacto con las autoridades locales de su ciudad, con el servicio de gestión de residuos domésticos o con la   
					tienda donde adquirió el producto.   
					Likvidace vysloužilého zařízení uživateli v domácnosti v zemích EU   
					Tato značka na produktu nebo na jeho obalu označuje, že tento produkt nesmí být likvidován prostým vyhozením do běžného domovního odpadu. Odpovídáte za to, že vysloužilé   
					zařízení bude předáno k likvidaci do stanovených sběrných míst určených k recyklaci vysloužilých elektrických a elektronických zařízení. Likvidace vysloužilého zařízení samostatným   
					sběrem a recyklací napomáhá zachování přírodních zdrojů a zajišťuje, že recyklace proběhne způsobem chránícím lidské zdraví a životní prostředí. Další informace o tom, kam můžete   
					vysloužilé zařízení předat k recyklaci, můžete získat od úřadů místní samosprávy, od společnosti provádějící svoz a likvidaci domovního odpadu nebo v obchodě, kde jste produkt   
					zakoupili.   
					Bortskaffelse af affaldsudstyr for brugere i private husholdninger i EU   
					Dette symbol på produktet eller på dets emballage indikerer, at produktet ikke må bortskaffes sammen med andet husholdningsaffald. I stedet er det dit ansvar at bortskaffe affaldsudstyr   
					ved at aflevere det på dertil beregnede indsamlingssteder med henblik på genbrug af elektrisk og elektronisk affaldsudstyr. Den separate indsamling og genbrug af dit affaldsudstyr på   
					tidspunktet for bortskaffelse er med til at bevare naturlige ressourcer og sikre, at genbrug finder sted på en måde, der beskytter menneskers helbred samt miljøet. Hvis du vil vide mere   
					om, hvor du kan aflevere dit affaldsudstyr til genbrug, kan du kontakte kommunen, det lokale renovationsvæsen eller den forretning, hvor du købte produktet.   
					Afvoer van afgedankte apparatuur door gebruikers in particuliere huishoudens in de Europese Unie   
					Dit symbool op het product of de verpakking geeft aan dat dit product niet mag worden afgevoerd met het huishoudelijk afval. Het is uw verantwoordelijkheid uw afgedankte apparatuur   
					af te leveren op een aangewezen inzamelpunt voor de verwerking van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur. De gescheiden inzameling en verwerking van uw afgedankte   
					apparatuur draagt bij tot het sparen van natuurlijke bronnen en tot het hergebruik van materiaal op een wijze die de volksgezondheid en het milieu beschermt. Voor meer informatie over   
					waar u uw afgedankte apparatuur kunt inleveren voor recycling kunt u contact opnemen met het gemeentehuis in uw woonplaats, de reinigingsdienst of de winkel waar u het product   
					hebt aangeschaft.   
					Eramajapidamistes kasutuselt kõrvaldatavate seadmete käitlemine Euroopa Liidus   
					Kui tootel või toote pakendil on see sümbol, ei tohi seda toodet visata olmejäätmete hulka. Teie kohus on viia tarbetuks muutunud seade selleks ettenähtud elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete   
					utiliseerimiskohta. Utiliseeritavate seadmete eraldi kogumine ja käitlemine aitab säästa loodusvarasid ning tagada, et käitlemine toimub inimeste tervisele ja keskkonnale ohutult.   
					Lisateavet selle kohta, kuhu saate utiliseeritava seadme käitlemiseks viia, saate küsida kohalikust omavalitsusest, olmejäätmete utiliseerimispunktist või kauplusest, kust te seadme   
					ostsite.   
					Hävitettävien laitteiden käsittely kotitalouksissa Euroopan unionin alueella   
					Tämä tuotteessa tai sen pakkauksessa oleva merkintä osoittaa, että tuotetta ei saa hävittää talousjätteiden mukana. Käyttäjän velvollisuus on huolehtia siitä, että hävitettävä laite   
					toimitetaan sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteeseen. Hävitettävien laitteiden erillinen keräys ja kierrätys säästää luonnonvaroja. Näin toimimalla varmistetaan myös,   
					että kierrätys tapahtuu tavalla, joka suojelee ihmisten terveyttä ja ympäristöä. Saat tarvittaessa lisätietoja jätteiden kierrätyspaikoista paikallisilta viranomaisilta, jäteyhtiöiltä tai tuotteen   
					jälleenmyyjältä.   
					Απόρριψη άχρηστων συσκευών στην Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση   
					Το παρόν σύμβολο στον εξοπλισμό ή στη συσκευασία του υποδεικνύει ότι το προϊόν αυτό δεν πρέπει να πεταχτεί μαζί με άλλα οικιακά απορρίμματα. Αντίθετα, ευθύνη σας είναι να   
					απορρίψετε τις άχρηστες συσκευές σε μια καθορισμένη μονάδα συλλογής απορριμμάτων για την ανακύκλωση άχρηστου ηλεκτρικού και ηλεκτρονικού εξοπλισμού. Η χωριστή συλλογή και   
					ανακύκλωση των άχρηστων συσκευών θα συμβάλει στη διατήρηση των φυσικών πόρων και στη διασφάλιση ότι θα ανακυκλωθούν με τέτοιον τρόπο, ώστε να προστατεύεται η υγεία των   
					ανθρώπων και το περιβάλλον. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το πού μπορείτε να απορρίψετε τις άχρηστες συσκευές για ανακύκλωση, επικοινωνήστε με τις κατά τόπους αρμόδιες   
					αρχές ή με το κατάστημα από το οποίο αγοράσατε το προϊόν.   
					A hulladékanyagok kezelése a magánháztartásokban az Európai Unióban   
					Ez a szimbólum, amely a terméken vagy annak csomagolásán van feltüntetve, azt jelzi, hogy a termék nem kezelhető együtt az egyéb háztartási hulladékkal. Az Ön feladata,   
					hogy a készülék hulladékanyagait eljuttassa olyan kijelölt gyűjtőhelyre, amely az elektromos hulladékanyagok és az elektronikus berendezések újrahasznosításával foglalkozik.   
					A hulladékanyagok elkülönített gyűjtése és újrahasznosítása hozzájárul a természeti erőforrások megőrzéséhez, egyúttal azt is biztosítja, hogy a hulladék újrahasznosítása az   
					egészségre és a környezetre nem ártalmas módon történik. Ha tájékoztatást szeretne kapni azokról a helyekről, ahol leadhatja újrahasznosításra a hulladékanyagokat, forduljon   
					a helyi önkormányzathoz, a háztartási hulladék begyűjtésével foglalkozó vállalathoz vagy a termék forgalmazójához.   
					Lietotāju atbrīvošanās no nederīgām ierīcēm Eiropas Savienības privātajās mājsaimniecībās   
					Šis simbols uz ierīces vai tās iepakojuma norāda, ka šo ierīci nedrīkst izmest kopā ar pārējiem mājsaimniecības atkritumiem. Jūs esat atbildīgs par atbrīvošanos no nederīgās ierīces,   
					to nododot norādītajā savākšanas vietā, lai tiktu veikta nederīgā elektriskā un elektroniskā aprīkojuma otrreizējā pārstrāde. Speciāla nederīgās ierīces savākšana un otrreizējā pārstrāde   
					palīdz taupīt dabas resursus un nodrošina tādu otrreizējo pārstrādi, kas sargā cilvēku veselību un apkārtējo vidi. Lai iegūtu papildu informāciju par to, kur otrreizējai pārstrādei var   
					nogādāt nederīgo ierīci, lūdzu, sazinieties ar vietējo pašvaldību, mājsaimniecības atkritumu savākšanas dienestu vai veikalu, kurā iegādājāties šo ierīci.   
					Europos Sąjungos vartotojų ir privačių namų ūkių atliekamos įrangos išmetimas   
					Šis simbolis ant produkto arba jo pakuotės nurodo, kad produktas negali būti išmestas kartu su kitomis namų ūkio atliekomis. Jūs privalote išmesti savo atliekamą įrangą atiduodami ją   
					į atliekamos elektronikos ir elektros įrangos perdirbimo punktus. Jei atliekama įranga bus atskirai surenkama ir perdirbama, bus išsaugomi natūralūs ištekliai ir užtikrinama, kad įranga   
					yra perdirbta žmogaus sveikatą ir gamtą tausojančiu būdu. Dėl informacijos apie tai, kur galite išmesti atliekamą perdirbti skirtą įrangą kreipkitės į atitinkamą vietos tarnybą, namų ūkio   
					atliekų išvežimo tarnybą arba į parduotuvę, kurioje pirkote produktą.   
					Utylizacja zużytego sprzętu przez użytkowników domowych w Unii Europejskiej   
					Symbol ten umieszczony na produkcie lub opakowaniu oznacza, że tego produktu nie należy wyrzucać razem z innymi odpadami domowymi. Użytkownik jest odpowiedzialny za   
					dostarczenie zużytego sprzętu do wyznaczonego punktu gromadzenia zużytych urządzeń elektrycznych i elektronicznych. Gromadzenie osobno i recykling tego typu odpadów   
					przyczynia się do ochrony zasobów naturalnych i jest bezpieczny dla zdrowia i środowiska naturalnego. Dalsze informacje na temat sposobu utylizacji zużytych urządzeń można   
					uzyskać u odpowiednich władz lokalnych, w przedsiębiorstwie zajmującym się usuwaniem odpadów lub w miejscu zakupu produktu.   
					Descarte de equipamentos por usuários em residências da União Européia   
					Este símbolo no produto ou na embalagem indica que o produto não pode ser descartado junto com o lixo doméstico. No entanto, é sua responsabilidade levar os equipamentos   
					a serem descartados a um ponto de coleta designado para a reciclagem de equipamentos eletro-eletrônicos. A coleta separada e a reciclagem dos equipamentos no momento do   
					descarte ajudam na conservação dos recursos naturais e garantem que os equipamentos serão reciclados de forma a proteger a saúde das pessoas e o meio ambiente. Para obter mais   
					informações sobre onde descartar equipamentos para reciclagem, entre em contato com o escritório local de sua cidade, o serviço de limpeza pública de seu bairro ou a loja em que   
					adquiriu o produto.   
					Postup používateľov v krajinách Európskej únie pri vyhadzovaní zariadenia v domácom používaní do odpadu   
					Tento symbol na produkte alebo na jeho obale znamená, že nesmie by vyhodený s iným komunálnym odpadom. Namiesto toho máte povinnos odovzda toto zariadenie na zbernom   
					mieste, kde sa zabezpečuje recyklácia elektrických a elektronických zariadení. Separovaný zber a recyklácia zariadenia určeného na odpad pomôže chráni prírodné zdroje a   
					zabezpečí taký spôsob recyklácie, ktorý bude chráni ľudské zdravie a životné prostredie. Ďalšie informácie o separovanom zbere a recyklácii získate na miestnom obecnom úrade,   
					vo firme zabezpečujúcej zber vášho komunálneho odpadu alebo v predajni, kde ste produkt kúpili.   
					Ravnanje z odpadno opremo v gospodinjstvih znotraj Evropske unije   
					Ta znak na izdelku ali embalaži izdelka pomeni, da izdelka ne smete odlagati skupaj z drugimi gospodinjskimi odpadki. Odpadno opremo ste dolžni oddati na določenem zbirnem   
					mestu za recikliranje odpadne električne in elektronske opreme. Z ločenim zbiranjem in recikliranjem odpadne opreme ob odlaganju boste pomagali ohraniti naravne vire in zagotovili,   
					da bo odpadna oprema reciklirana tako, da se varuje zdravje ljudi in okolje. Več informacij o mestih, kjer lahko oddate odpadno opremo za recikliranje, lahko dobite na občini,   
					v komunalnem podjetju ali trgovini, kjer ste izdelek kupili.   
					Kassering av förbrukningsmaterial, för hem- och privatanvändare i EU   
					Produkter eller produktförpackningar med den här symbolen får inte kasseras med vanligt hushållsavfall. I stället har du ansvar för att produkten lämnas till en behörig återvinningsstation   
					för hantering av el- och elektronikprodukter. Genom att lämna kasserade produkter till återvinning hjälper du till att bevara våra gemensamma naturresurser. Dessutom skyddas både   
					människor och miljön när produkter återvinns på rätt sätt. Kommunala myndigheter, sophanteringsföretag eller butiken där varan köptes kan ge mer information om var du lämnar   
					kasserade produkter för återvinning.   
					168   
					Regulatory information   
				Energy Star® notice   
					This product is designed to reduce power consumption and save natural resources without   
					compromising product performance. It has been designed to reduce total energy consumption   
					both during operation and when the device is not active. This product qualifies for ENERGY   
					STAR® which is a voluntary program established to encourage the development of energy-   
					efficient office products.   
					ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered service mark of the U.S. EPA. As an ENERGY STAR   
					partner, HP has determined that this product meets ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy   
					efficiency.   
					For more information on ENERGY STAR guidelines, go to the following Web site:   
					www.energystar.gov   
					169   
					Environmental product stewardship program   
				Index   
					ink cartridge ink nozzle   
					area 106   
					ink cartridges 104   
					scanner glass 109   
					Symbols/Numerics   
					(ADF) automatic document   
					feeder   
					B 
					Back button 10   
					backup fax 49   
					baud rate 58   
					clean 110   
					color   
					feeding problems,   
					troubleshoot 110   
					10 x 15 cm photo paper   
					copy 31   
					best copy quality 33   
					black and white pages   
					copy 30   
					copies 36   
					fax 45   
					color copy 30   
					fax 40   
					colored text, and OCR 39   
					colors   
					4 x 6 inch photo paper   
					copy 31   
					troubleshoot 120   
					black dots or streaks,   
					troubleshoot   
					bleeding 121   
					faded or dull 120   
					print black and white,   
					troubleshoot 120   
					troubleshoot 121   
					wrong 120   
					copies 125   
					scan 129   
					blank pages, troubleshoot   
					copy 123   
					print 115   
					scan 129   
					blocked fax numbers   
					set up 52   
					borderless printing   
					Mac OS 25   
					A 
					accessibility 3   
					accessories   
					self-test report 67   
					warranty 149   
					computer modem   
					shared with fax (parallel   
					phone systems) 77   
					shared with fax and   
					answering machine   
					(parallel phone   
					acoustic emissions 159   
					ADF (automatic document   
					feeder)   
					capacity 16   
					load originals 16   
					administrator   
					Windows 25   
					broadcast faxing   
					send 44   
					systems) 85   
					settings 64   
					shared with fax and voice   
					line (parallel phone   
					systems) 80   
					shared with fax and voice   
					mail (parallel phone   
					systems) 89   
					ADSL, fax setup with   
					parallel phone systems 73   
					after the support period 151   
					align ink cartridges 102   
					answer ring pattern   
					change 56   
					parallel phone systems 74   
					answering machine   
					fax tones recorded 141   
					set up with fax (parallel   
					phone systems) 84   
					set up with fax and   
					modem 85   
					buttons, device control panel 10   
					C 
					cancel   
					copy 36   
					print job 29   
					scan 39   
					confirmation reports, fax 60   
					connections   
					features available 11   
					connectors, locating 9   
					contrast, fax 46   
					copy   
					scheduled fax 44   
					Cancel button 10   
					capacity   
					ADF 16   
					tray 21   
					cancel 36   
					enhance light areas 36   
					from the device control   
					panel 30   
					legal to letter 34   
					number of copies 31   
					paper size 31   
					automatic document feeder   
					(ADF)   
					cards   
					guidelines 18   
					sizes supported 20   
					tray supporting 21   
					clean   
					capacity 16   
					clean 110   
					feeding problems,   
					troubleshoot 110   
					load originals 16   
					automatic fax reduction 52   
					automatic document   
					feeder 110   
					exterior 110   
					ink cartridge contacts 105   
					paper types,   
					recommended 32   
					photos, enhance 35   
					quality 33, 124   
					170   
				Index   
					reduce 34   
					dial type, setting 57   
					dial-up modem   
					F 
					settings 31   
					faded copies 124   
					faded stripes on copies,   
					troubleshoot 124   
					fast copy quality 33   
					fax   
					specifications 158   
					speed 33   
					text, enhance 35   
					shared with fax (parallel   
					phone systems) 77   
					shared with fax and   
					answering machine   
					(parallel phone sy   
					anstems) 85   
					shared with fax and voice   
					line (parallel phone   
					systems) 80   
					troubleshoot 123   
					Copy B&W function indicator 10   
					Copy Color function indicator 10   
					Copy menu 12   
					correct port test, fax 132   
					critical error messages 13   
					custom-sized media   
					guidelines 18   
					answer mode 56   
					answering machine and   
					modem, shared with   
					(parallel phone   
					systems) 85   
					shared with fax and voice   
					mail (parallel phone   
					systems) 89   
					answering machine   
					troubleshoot 141   
					answering machine, set up   
					(parallel phone   
					systems) 84   
					auto answer 56   
					print on 23   
					sizes supported 21   
					customer support   
					electronic 150   
					distinctive ringing   
					change 56   
					parallel phone systems 74   
					DOC 166   
					Korea 152   
					backup fax 49   
					phone support 150   
					warranty 152   
					cut-off pages, troubleshoot 116   
					documentation 7   
					dots or streaks, troubleshoot   
					copies 125   
					blocking numbers 52   
					confirmation reports 60   
					contrast 46   
					dots, troubleshoot   
					scan 129   
					driver   
					darken or lighten 46   
					default settings 47   
					deleting from memory 50   
					dial tone test, failed 133   
					dial type, setting 57   
					distinctive ringing setup   
					(parallel phone   
					systems) 74   
					distinctive ringing, change   
					pattern 56   
					D 
					dark images, troubleshoot   
					copies 124   
					settings 28   
					version 150   
					warranty 149   
					scans 129   
					darken   
					DSL, fax setup with   
					parallel phone systems 73   
					duty cycle 156   
					copies 35   
					faxes 46   
					Declaration of Conformity   
					(DOC) 166   
					DSL, set up (parallel phone   
					systems) 73   
					error correction mode 47   
					error reports 61   
					error-correction mode 57   
					forwarding 51   
					header 55   
					Internet, over 59   
					ISDN line, set up (parallel   
					phone systems) 74   
					lighten or darken 46   
					line condition test, failed 134   
					log, print 61   
					manual receive 48   
					modem and answering   
					machine, shared with   
					(parallel phone   
					default settings   
					copy 31   
					E 
					ECM. See error correction mode   
					edit   
					device control panel 13   
					driver 28   
					fax 47   
					scanned images 39   
					text in OCR program 39   
					electrical specifications 159   
					envelopes   
					print 28   
					deleting faxes from memory 50   
					device control panel   
					administrator settings 64   
					buttons 10   
					guidelines 18   
					sizes supported 20   
					tray supporting 21   
					environmental   
					specifications 159   
					environmental sustainability   
					program 167   
					copy from 30   
					lights 10   
					locating 8   
					menus 12   
					messages 12   
					scan from 37   
					error correction mode 47   
					error messages   
					send faxes 41   
					send scans to programs 38   
					settings, change 13   
					Device Services tab, Toolbox   
					(Windows) 65   
					dial tone test, failure 133   
					device control panel 13   
					unable to activate TWAIN   
					source 128   
					systems) 85   
					modem and voice line,   
					shared with (parallel   
					phone systems) 80   
					error reports, fax 61   
					error-correction mode, fax 57   
					event log 67   
					171   
				modem and voice mail,   
					shared with (parallel   
					phone systems) 89   
					modem, shared with   
					(parallel phone   
					Fax B&W function indicator 10   
					Fax Color function indicator 10   
					firewalls, troubleshoot 115   
					fit to page 34   
					clean ink nozzle area 106   
					handle 99   
					locating 9   
					order online 147   
					part names 99   
					FoIP 59   
					systems) 77   
					forwarding faxes 51   
					remove 153   
					monitor dialing 42, 44   
					paper size 51   
					parallel phone systems 68   
					PBX system, set up   
					(parallel phone   
					replace 99   
					status 63   
					supported 98, 156   
					test 67   
					warranty 149   
					G 
					glass, scanner   
					clean 109   
					load originals 16   
					locating 8   
					systems) 74   
					yields 156   
					phone cord connection test,   
					failed 132   
					phone cord too short 141   
					phone cord type test,   
					failed 132   
					photos 45   
					poll to receive 50   
					receive 48   
					receive, troubleshoot 135,   
					138   
					redial options 58   
					reduction 52   
					reports 60   
					reprint 50   
					resolution 46   
					rings to answer 56   
					schedule 43   
					send 40   
					send to multiple   
					recipients 44   
					send, troubleshoot 135,   
					137, 140   
					separate line setup (parallel   
					phone systems) 72   
					set up 67   
					settings 45   
					settings, change 55   
					setup types 69   
					ink smearing, troubleshoot 119   
					installation   
					software for Mac OS 94   
					software for Windows 92   
					troubleshoot 142   
					Internet   
					fax, using 59   
					ISDN line, set up with fax   
					parallel phone systems 74   
					grainy or white bands on   
					copies, troubleshoot 125   
					graphics   
					incompletely filled on   
					copies 125   
					ink not filling in 119   
					look different from original   
					scan 128   
					missing lines or dots 121   
					groups, speed-dial   
					set up 26   
					J 
					jams   
					clear 144   
					media to avoid 18   
					paper 144, 146   
					jobs   
					settings 13   
					junk fax mode 52   
					H 
					hardware, fax setup test 130   
					header, fax 55   
					help 148   
					see also customer support   
					Help button 10   
					Hewlett-Packard Company   
					notices 3   
					HP Photosmart Software   
					send scans to programs 38   
					HP Photosmart Studio   
					send scans to programs 38   
					HP Printer Utility (Mac OS)   
					administrator settings 64   
					opening 66   
					panels 66   
					HP Solution Center 14   
					humidity specifications 159   
					K 
					keypad, device control panel   
					locating 10   
					L 
					language, printer 156   
					left navigation button 10   
					legal paper   
					copy 31   
					letter paper   
					copy 32   
					light images, troubleshoot   
					copies 124   
					scans 129   
					lighten   
					copies 35   
					faxes 46   
					lights, device control panel 10   
					line condition test, fax 134   
					shared phone line setup   
					(parallel phone   
					systems) 75   
					specifications 158   
					speed 58   
					speed-dial entries, set up 26   
					speed-dial groups, set up 26   
					test failed 130   
					I 
					Information tab, Toolbox   
					(Windows) 65   
					ink cartridge door, locating 9   
					ink cartridge latch, locating 9   
					ink cartridges   
					test setup 59   
					troubleshoot 129   
					voice mail, set up (parallel   
					phone systems) 76   
					wall jack test, failed 131   
					align 102   
					clean 104   
					clean contacts 105   
					172   
				Index   
					lines   
					menus, device control panel 12   
					missing lines or dots,   
					troubleshoot 121   
					missing or incorrect   
					information, troubleshoot 116   
					model number 67   
					pages per month (duty   
					cycle) 156   
					paper   
					copies, troubleshoot 125   
					scans, troubleshoot 128,   
					129   
					jams 144, 146   
					load   
					main tray 23   
					log, fax   
					legal to letter copy 34   
					recommended copy   
					types 32   
					modem   
					print 61   
					Low ink indicator 10   
					shared with fax (parallel   
					phone systems) 77   
					shared with fax and   
					answering machine   
					(parallel phone   
					size, set for fax 51   
					Paper jam indicator 11   
					paper size   
					copy setting 31   
					M 
					paper-feed problems,   
					troubleshoot 121   
					parallel phone systems   
					answering machine   
					setup 84   
					Mac OS   
					systems) 85   
					borderless printing 25   
					HP Photosmart Studio 14   
					HP Printer Utility 66   
					install software 94   
					print on special, or custom-   
					sized media 24   
					shared with fax and voice   
					line (parallel phone   
					systems) 80   
					shared with fax and voice   
					mail (parallel phone   
					systems) 89   
					countries/regions with 68   
					distinctive ringing setup 74   
					DSL setup 73   
					print settings 29   
					sharing device 94, 95   
					system requirements 157   
					uninstall software 97   
					main tray   
					load media 23   
					media supported 22   
					maintenance   
					align ink cartridges 102   
					clean ink cartridges 104   
					replace ink cartridges 99   
					manual faxing   
					receive 48   
					send 41, 42   
					margins   
					setting, specifications 22   
					media   
					monitor dialing 42, 44   
					monitoring tools 63   
					multi-feeds, troubleshoot 122   
					ISDN setup 74   
					modem and answering   
					machine setup 85   
					modem and voice mail   
					setup 89   
					modem setup 77   
					modem shared with voice   
					line setup 80   
					PBX setup 74   
					separate line setup 72   
					setup types 69   
					N 
					networks   
					connector illustration 9   
					firewalls, troubleshoot 115   
					Mac OS setup 94   
					sharing, Windows 93   
					noise information 159   
					normal copy quality 33   
					number of copies 31   
					shared line setup 75   
					PBX system, set up with fax   
					parallel phone systems 74   
					PCL 3 support 156   
					phone cord   
					O 
					OCR   
					connected to correct port   
					test failed 132   
					correct type test failed 132   
					extend 141   
					ADF capacity 16   
					borderless printing 25   
					clear jams 144   
					HP, order 147   
					load tray 23   
					edit scanned documents 39   
					troubleshoot 127   
					OK button 10   
					On button 10   
					operating environment   
					specifications 159   
					operating systems   
					supported 157   
					Original loaded indicator 11   
					originals   
					phone customer support 150   
					phone line, answer ring   
					pattern 56   
					phone support 151   
					phone support period   
					period for support 151   
					phone, fax from   
					receive 48   
					send, 41   
					photo media   
					print on custom-sized 23   
					selecting 17   
					skewed pages 122   
					specifications 18   
					supported sizes 19   
					troubleshoot feeding 122   
					types and weights   
					supported 21   
					edit scans 39   
					scan 37   
					output tray   
					memory   
					locating 8   
					guidelines 18   
					sizes supported 20   
					photo paper   
					deleting faxes 50   
					reprint faxes 50   
					save faxes 49   
					P 
					packing the device 154   
					copy 32   
					specifications 157   
					173   
				photos   
					borderless printing 25   
					rear access panel   
					clear jams 144   
					illustration 9   
					receive faxes   
					Scan menu 12   
					scanner glass   
					clean 109   
					load originals 16   
					locating 8   
					schedule fax 43   
					self-test report   
					information on 66   
					print 67   
					send faxes   
					edit scans 39   
					enhance copies 36   
					fax 45   
					auto answer mode 56   
					automatically 48   
					blocking numbers 52   
					forwarding 51   
					manually 48   
					polling 50   
					Photosmart Software   
					send scans to programs 38   
					Photosmart Studio   
					send scans to programs 38   
					poll to receive fax 50   
					ports, specifications 156   
					power   
					specifications 159   
					troubleshoot 114   
					power input, locating 9   
					power on button 10   
					print   
					rings to answer 56   
					troubleshoot 135, 138   
					recycle   
					ink cartridges 167   
					redial options, setting 58   
					reduce fax 52   
					reduce/enlarge copies   
					resize to fit letter 34   
					resize to fit letter or A4 34   
					regulatory information 160   
					regulatory model number 166   
					release notes 7   
					remove ink cartridges 153   
					replace ink cartridges 99   
					reports   
					basic fax 41   
					color fax 45   
					manually 41   
					memory, from 43   
					monitor dialing 42, 44   
					multiple recipients 44   
					schedule 43   
					cancel 29   
					fax logs 61   
					fax reports 60   
					faxes 50   
					self-test report 67   
					settings 28   
					slow 115   
					troubleshoot 135, 137, 140   
					send scans   
					for OCR 39   
					to a program 37   
					troubleshoot 126   
					serial number 67   
					serial phone systems   
					countries/regions with 68   
					setup types 69   
					settings   
					speed-dial entries 27   
					troubleshoot 114   
					print driver   
					confirmation, fax 60   
					error, fax 61   
					settings 28   
					version 150   
					fax test failed 130   
					reprint   
					administrator 64   
					copy 31   
					warranty 149   
					print quality   
					troubleshoot 117   
					print-carriage access door,   
					locating 9   
					faxes from memory 50   
					resolution, fax 46   
					right navigation button 10   
					rings to answer 56   
					device control panel 13   
					driver 28   
					fax 45   
					scan 39   
					speed, fax 58   
					printer driver   
					setup   
					S 
					settings 28   
					version 150   
					warranty 149   
					answering machine   
					(parallel phone   
					systems) 84   
					answering machine and   
					modem (parallel phone   
					systems) 85   
					computer modem (parallel   
					phone systems) 77   
					computer modem and   
					answering machine   
					(parallel phone   
					systems) 85   
					save   
					default settings 13   
					faxes in memory 49   
					scan   
					processor specifications 156   
					pulse dialing 57   
					cancel 39   
					edit images 39   
					error messages 128   
					from a TWAIN- or WIA-   
					compliant program 38   
					from device control panel 37   
					OCR 39   
					Q 
					quality, copy 33   
					quality, troubleshoot   
					copy 124   
					print 117   
					scan 128   
					quality 128   
					computer modem and   
					voice line (parallel phone   
					systems) 80   
					computer modem and   
					voice mail (parallel   
					phone systems) 89   
					scan specifications 158   
					send to a program 37   
					settings for 39   
					R 
					readme 7   
					slow 126   
					troubleshoot 126   
					Scan function indicator 10   
					174   
				Index   
					connection types 11   
					electrical 159   
					media 18   
					tests, fax   
					dial tone, failed 133   
					distinctive ringing 56   
					distinctive ringing (parallel   
					phone systems) 74   
					DSL (parallel phone   
					systems) 73   
					operating environment 159   
					physical 156   
					processor and memory 156   
					storage environment 159   
					system requirements 157   
					failed 130   
					fax line condition 134   
					fax phone cord type test   
					failed 132   
					hardware, failed 130   
					port connection, failed 132   
					setup 59   
					fax 67   
					fax scenarios 69   
					fax, with parallel phone   
					systems 68   
					ISDN line (parallel phone   
					systems) 74   
					PBX system (parallel   
					phone systems) 74   
					separate fax line (parallel   
					phone systems) 72   
					shared phone line (parallel   
					phone systems) 75   
					test fax 59   
					voice mail (parallel phone   
					systems) 76   
					voice mail and computer   
					modem (parallel phone   
					systems) 89   
					speed   
					copy 33   
					troubleshoot for   
					scanner 126   
					telephone wall jack 131   
					text   
					troubleshoot print 115   
					cannot be edited after   
					scan, troubleshoot 127   
					enhance on copies 35   
					incompletely filled on   
					copies 125   
					missing from scan,   
					troubleshoot 127   
					splotchy on copies 125   
					troubleshoot 116, 119, 121   
					unclear on copies,   
					troubleshoot 125   
					speed dial   
					fax numbers, set up 26   
					groups, set up 26   
					print and view 27   
					send fax 41   
					Start button 10   
					status   
					messages 13   
					self-test report 67   
					supplies 63   
					storage environment   
					specifications 159   
					streaks, troubleshoot   
					copies 125   
					unclear scans 129   
					tone dialing 57   
					Toolbox (Windows)   
					about 64   
					Windows 92   
					Setup button 10   
					setup poster 7   
					sharing 11   
					sharing device   
					scan 129   
					administrator settings 64   
					Device Services tab 65   
					Estimated Ink Level tab 65   
					Information tab 65   
					opening 65   
					stripes on scans,   
					troubleshoot 128   
					subscriber identification code 55   
					supplies   
					Mac OS 94   
					Windows 93   
					shipping the device 153   
					size   
					scans, troubleshoot 129   
					troubleshoot copy 124   
					skew, troubleshoot   
					copy 125   
					order online 147   
					self-test report 67   
					status 63   
					transparencies   
					copy 32   
					tray   
					yields 156   
					capacity 21   
					support. See customer support   
					support process 151   
					system requirements 157   
					media sizes supported 19   
					media types and weights   
					supported 21   
					print 122   
					scan 128   
					trays   
					slow print, troubleshoot 115   
					software   
					capacities 21   
					clear jams 144   
					load media 23   
					locating 8   
					T 
					technical information   
					copy specifications 158   
					fax specifications 158   
					scan specifications 158   
					telephone customer support 150   
					telephone line, answer ring   
					pattern 56   
					connection types 11   
					HP Photosmart 14   
					installation on Mac OS 94   
					installation on Windows 92   
					OCR 39   
					uninstall from Mac OS 97   
					uninstall from Windows 95   
					warranty 149   
					media sizes supported 19   
					paper guides illustration 8   
					troubleshoot feeding 122   
					troubleshoot   
					answering machines 141   
					blank pages printed 115   
					bleeding colors 121   
					colors 120, 121   
					copy 123   
					telephone wall jack, fax 131   
					telephone, fax from   
					receive 48   
					Solution Center 14   
					sound pressure 159   
					specifications   
					send 41   
					temperature specifications 159   
					acoustic emissions 159   
					copy quality 124   
					175   
				cut-off pages, incorrect text   
					or graphics   
					placement 116   
					device control panel   
					messages 12   
					USB connection   
					features available 11   
					port, locating 8, 9   
					setup Mac OS 94   
					specifications 156   
					fax 129   
					fax dial tone test failed 133   
					fax hardware test failed 130   
					fax line test failed 134   
					fax phone cord connection   
					test failed 132   
					fax phone cord type test   
					failed 132   
					fax tests 130   
					fax wall jack test, failed 131   
					firewalls 115   
					ink not filling text or   
					graphics 119   
					ink smearing 119   
					installation 142   
					V 
					vertical stripes on copies,   
					troubleshoot 124   
					view   
					speed-dial entries 27   
					voice mail   
					set up with fax (parallel   
					phone systems) 76   
					set up with fax and   
					computer modem   
					(parallel phone   
					systems) 89   
					voltage specifications 159   
					jams, paper 146   
					meaningless characters   
					print 118   
					media not picked up from   
					tray 122   
					missing lines or dots 121   
					missing or incorrect   
					information 116   
					multiple pages are   
					picked 122   
					W 
					wall jack test, fax 131   
					warning messages 13   
					warranty 149, 152   
					Web sites   
					accessibility information 3   
					Apple 95   
					customer support 150   
					environmental   
					programs 167   
					order supplies and   
					accessories 147   
					nothing prints 115   
					paper-feed problems 121   
					power 114   
					supply yield data sheet 156   
					white bands or stripes,   
					troubleshoot   
					print 114   
					print quality 117   
					receive faxes 135, 138   
					scan 126   
					copies 124, 125   
					scans 128   
					scan quality 128   
					self-test report 66   
					send faxes 135, 137, 140   
					skewed copies 125   
					skewed pages 122   
					slow print 115   
					WIA (Windows Image   
					Application), scan from 38   
					Windows   
					borderless printing 25   
					HP Photosmart Software 14   
					HP Solution Center 14   
					install software 92   
					print on special or custom-   
					sized media 23   
					tips 113   
					TWAIN   
					scan from 38   
					unable to activate   
					source 128   
					print settings 28   
					sharing device 93   
					system requirements 157   
					uninstall software 95   
					Windows Image Application   
					(WIA), scan from 38   
					U 
					uninstall software   
					Mac OS 97   
					Windows 95   
					176   
				© 2008 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.   
					www.hp.com/support   
					 |